← Magna Carta: A Commentary on the Great Charter of King John With an Historical Introduction

Part V (part 2 of 2)

Part 5 of 5 · William Sharp McKechnie · Public domain text

About this edition

Source: Project Gutenberg e-text #65363, public domain in the United States · text not rewritten or summarized · How RedLectern is built

 

Contents (13)

Continue:

Part V (part 2 of 2)

Later versions of Magna Carta (beginning with that of 1217) are careful to define the objects to be protected from disseisin: “free tenements, franchises, and free customs.”[821] (a) Liberum tenementum. “Free” tenements were freeholds as opposed to the holdings of villeins. None of their belongings thus protected were more highly valued by the barons than their feudal strongholds.[822] Castles claimed by great lords as their own property are mentioned in many writs of the period—for example, in that to the Earl of Salisbury already cited—while chapter 52 of Magna Carta gives them a prominent place among the “disseisins” to be restored. (b) “Libertates” covered feudal rights and incidents of too intangible nature to be appropriately described as “holdings.” In a sense, all the rights secured by Magna Carta were “liberties”; but the word is probably used here as equivalent to “franchises,” embracing feudal jurisdictions, immunities, and privileges of various sorts, all treated by medieval law as falling within the category of “property.” (c) Consuetudines had two meanings, a broad general one and a narrower financial one.[823] As the Charter of 1217 uses a proprietary pronoun (no freeman shall be disseised of his free customs), it probably refers to such rights as those of levying tolls and tallages. These vested interests were of the nature of monopolies throughout the territory of the lord who enjoyed them; and it follows that Coke, in treating this passage as a text on which to preach the doctrine that monopolies have always been illegal in England, aims unusually wide of his mark. Commenting on the words “de libertatibus,” he declares that “generally all monopolies are against this great charter, because they are against the liberty and freedom of the subject and against the law of the land.”[824] In this error he has been assiduously followed.[825]

-----

Footnote 821:

De libero tenemento suo vel libertatibus vel liberis consuetudinibus suis.

Footnote 822:

Cf. supra, p. 176.

Footnote 823:

Cf. supra, p. 290.

Footnote 824:

Second Institute, p. 47.

Footnote 825:

See, e.g., Creasy, Hist. of Const., p. 151, n.: “Monopolies in general are against the enactments of the Great Charter.” See also Taswell-Langmead, Eng. Const. Hist., 108.

-----

(3) Aut utlagetur, aut exuletur, aut aliquo modo destruatur. The practice of placing outside the protection of the law such evildoers as could not be brought to justice had its origin in those early days when the existing machinery of law was inadequate to the work required of it. With the progress of order and organization, the criminal’s chances of evading justice became fewer; and the declaration of outlawry, which could only be made in the county court, tended to become a mere formality, preliminary to the forfeiture of the outlaw’s lands and goods. The expedient was one which recommended itself peculiarly to John’s genius; it was his deliberate policy to terrify those with whom he had quarrelled, until they fled the country; then to summon them three times before the county court to answer the charges against them, knowing well that they dared not face his corrupt and servile officers; and finally to have them formally outlawed and their property seized. Such had been the fate suffered by two of the baronial leaders, Robert Fitz Walter and Eustace de Vesci, in the autumn of 1212.[826] Outlawry was not always, however, a mere formality in John’s reign. The man who had been outlawed was outside the pale of society; anyone might slay him at pleasure; in the grim phrase of the day, he bore "a wolf’s head" (caput lupinum), and might be hunted like a noxious beast. A reward of two marks was offered for each outlaw’s head brought to Westminster. This sum was paid in 1196 for the head of William of Elleford.[827] The word “exiled” explains itself; and commentators have very properly noted the care taken to widen the scope of the clause by the use of the words “or in any other way molested.”[828]

-----

Footnote 826:

See supra, p. 30.

Footnote 827:

See Pipe Rolls, 7 Richard I., cited by Madox, I. 201.

Footnote 828:

E.g., Coke, Second Institute, p. 48.

-----

(4) “Nec super eum ibimus, nec super eum mittemus.” These words have been frequently misinterpreted. They must be viewed in the light of the historical incidents of the immediately preceding years; and, so read, they present no difficulties, and leave no room for ambiguity. Their object was to prevent John from substituting violence for legal process; from taking the law into his own hands and “going against them” with an army at his back, or “sending against them” in similar wise. He must never again attack per vim et arma men unjudged and uncondemned.

The meaning is plain. Yet Coke, following his vicious method of assuming the existence, in some part of Magna Carta, of a warrant for every legal principle established in his own day, has utterly misled several generations of commentators. He maintained that what John promised was to refrain from raising in his own courts actions in which he was personally interested. In elaborating this error, he drew a fine distinction between the court of King’s Bench, otherwise known as coram rege, because the king was always in theory present there, and other courts in which were present only those to whom he had delegated authority by a writ “sent” to it. Ibimus, he seems to think, applied in the former case; mittemus in the latter. To quote his own words, "No man shall be condemned at the king’s suit, either before the king in his bench, where the pleas are coram rege (and so are the words, nec super eum ibimus, to be understood) nor before any other commissioner, or judge whatsoever (and so are the words, nec super eum mittemus, to be understood), but by the judgment of his peers, that is, equals, or according to the law of the land."[829] Coke is completely in error; it was the use of brute force, not merely a limited form of legal process, which John in these words renounced.

-----

Footnote 829:

See Second Institute, page 46. John Reeves, History of English Law, I. 249 (third ed.), while condemning Coke, gives an even more strained interpretation of his own, founded on the chance juxtaposition of the two verbs in one passage of the Digest. On quite inconclusive grounds he draws the inference that both words refer exclusively to diligence against "goods and chattels"—diligence against the person, and diligence against landed estate having previously been treated in words specially appropriate to each of them respectively. Dr. Lingard, History of England, III. c. 1, deserves praise as the first commentator who took the correct view.

-----

III. What Classes of Men enjoyed the Protection of Judicium Parium? No “freeman” was to be molested in any of the ways specified; but how far in the social scale did this description descend? Coke claims the villeins as free for the purposes of this chapter and of chapter I., while rejecting them for the purposes of chapter 20.[830] His right to the status of a freeman has already been disallowed,[831] and any possible ambiguity as to his share in the benefits of the present chapter is removed by the deliberate words of the revised version of 1217. Chapter 35 of that reissue, with the object of making its meaning clearer, inserts after “disseisiatur” the words (already discussed) “de libero tenemento suo vel libertatibus vel liberis consuetudinibus suis.” Mr. Prothero suggests that this addition implies an advance on the privileges secured in 1215:—"It is worth while to notice that the words in which these liberties are stated in §35 of the charter of 1217 are considerably fuller and clearer than the corresponding declaration in the charter of 1215."[832] It is safer to infer that no change was here intended, but merely the removal of ambiguity. If there is a change it is rather a contraction than an extension, making it clear that only “free” tenements are protected, and excluding carefully the property of villeins and even holdings of villenagium (or unfree land) belonging to freemen.[833] Care was thus taken to make it plain beyond any reasonable doubt that no villein should have part or lot in rights hailed by generations of commentators as the national heritage of all Englishmen.[834]

-----

Footnote 830:

Second Institute, pp. 4, 27, and 45.

Footnote 831:

See supra, c. 20.

Footnote 832:

Simon de Montfort, 17, n. Cf. Blackstone, Great Charter, xxxvii., “the more ample provision against unlawful disseisins.”

Footnote 833:

Cf. Pollock and Maitland, I. 340, n.

Footnote 834:

Cf. supra, p. 142. Other verbal changes in the charter of 1217 show the same care to exclude the villeins. E.g. c. 16 leaves the king’s demesne villeins strictly “in his mercy,” that is, liable to amercement without any reservation.

-----

IV. Reactionary Side of these Provisions. To insist rigorously that in all cases a judgment of feudal peers, either in King’s Court or in Court Baron, should take the place of a judgment by the officials of the Common Bench and the King’s Bench, was to reverse one of the outstanding features of the policy of Henry II. In this respect, the present chapter may be read in connection with chapter 34. The barons, indeed, were not strict logicians, and probably thought it prudent to claim more than they intended to enforce.[835] Yet a real danger lurked in these provisions; the clause was, after all allowance has been made, a reactionary one, tending to the restoration of feudal privileges and feudal jurisdictions, inimical alike to the Crown and to the growth of really popular liberties. John promised that feudal justice (as before the reforms of his father) should be dispensed in feudal courts; and, if this promise had been kept, the result would have been to check the development of the small committees destined to become at no distant date the Courts of King’s Bench and Common Pleas, and to revive the fast-waning jurisdictions of the manorial courts on the one hand and of the commune concilium on the other.[836]

-----

Footnote 835:

Mr. G. H. Blakesley in an able article in the Law Quarterly Review, V. 125, goes so far as to reduce the entire chapter to an attempt to protect feudal justice in its struggle with royal justice. "It may reasonably be suspected that cap. 39 also was directed merely to maintain the lord’s court against Crown encroachments."

Footnote 836:

Mr. Pike, House of Lords, 170–4, shares this view of the reactionary nature of the clause, although he considers that the claim to judicium parium by a Crown tenant might be satisfied by the presence of one or more fellow barons among the judges of the “Benches,” and did not necessarily involve a full meeting of the commune concilium summoned in the accustomed way. Ibid., p. 204. If the “judgment” of the full court was requisite (and, in spite of the high authority of Mr. Pike, there is much to be said for that contention), then the reactionary feudal tendency is even more prominent. This feudal tendency is emphasized by the consideration that private franchises and private castles bulked prominently among the rights of property protected from arbitrary seizure by the king.

-----

V. The Genesis of the Chapter. The interpretation here given of this famous chapter is emphasized by a comparison of its words with certain earlier documents and events. The reigns of Richard and John furnish abundant examples of the abuses complained of. In 1191 Prince John, as leader of the opposition against his brother’s Chancellor, William Longchamp, concluded a treaty protecting himself and his allies from the very evils which John subsequently committed against his own barons. The words of this treaty of 1191 admirably bring out what Richard’s barons sought to secure, and what they sought to escape. Longchamp conceded in Richard’s name that the bishops and abbots, earls and barons, “vavassors” and free-tenants, should not be disseised of their lands and chattels at the will of the justices or ministers of the king, but that they should be dealt with by judgment of the king’s court according to the lawful customs and assizes, or by the king’s command.[837] The magnates were not to be judged by officials whom they despised as their social inferiors and mistrusted as the paid instruments of royal tyranny; their claim to be tried by their equals in the king’s court was granted.

-----

Footnote 837:

See R. Hoveden, III. 136. This truce, which was dated 28th July, 1191, had been brought about by the mediation of the archbishop of Rouen and of certain of the English prelates.

-----

Now, the main subject of the arbitration, ending in the treaty from which this excerpt has been taken, was the custody of certain castles and estates. After the right to occupy each separate castle in dispute had been carefully determined, provision was then made, in the general words cited above, against this arrangement being disturbed without a judgment of the curia regis. Disseisin, and particularly disseisin of castles, was thus in 1191, as in 1215, a topic of special prominence.

Early in 1213 the king attempted to take vengeance upon his opponents in a manner which they are not likely to have forgotten two years later at Runnymede, and which probably influenced the wording of the present chapter. John, resenting bitterly the attitude of the northern barons who had refused alike to accompany him to Poitou and to pay scutage, determined to take the law into his own hands. Without summoning his opponents before a commune concilium of his feudal tenants, without even a trial and sentence by one of his Benches, without making any effort to investigate the justice or injustice of their pleas for refusing, he set out with an army to punish them. He had gone as far north as Northampton on his mission of vengeance when he was overtaken by the archbishop of Canterbury, a strong advocate of conciliation. On 28th August, 1213, Stephen Langton persuaded the king to defer forcible proceedings until he had obtained a legal sentence in a formal Curia.[838] That John once again threatened recourse to violent methods may be safely inferred from the words of a letter patent issued in May, 1215, when both sides were armed for war. He proposed arbitration, and promised a truce until the arbitrators had given their award. The words of this promise are notable; since, not only do they illustrate the procedure of August, 1213, but they agree closely with the clause of Magna Carta under discussion. The words are:—“Know that we have conceded to our barons who are against us, that we shall not take or disseise them or their men, nor shall we go against them per vim vel per arma, unless by the law of our kingdom, or by the judgment of their peers in curia nostra.”[839] Magna Carta repeats this concession in more general terms, substituting “freemen” for the “barons” of the writ—an alteration which necessitated the omission from the charter of the concluding words of the writ, “in curia nostra”; because the peers of freemen, other than barons, would be found, not among the barons in the king’s court, but among the freeholders in the court baron.[840]

-----

Footnote 838:

Cf. supra, p. 35.

Footnote 839:

The writ is dated 10th May, 1215, and appears in New Rymer, I. 128.

Footnote 840:

Magna Carta also omits as unnecessary “per vim et arma,” though the Articles of the Barons had contained the word “vi.”

-----

The words of Magna Carta, taken in connection with the treaty of 1191 and the writ of 1213, are thus seen to have a narrower meaning than that extracted from them by subsequent commentators.

VI. Later History of “Judgment of Peers.” The claim made by the barons at Runnymede was re-asserted in somewhat varying forms by the same barons or by their descendants on many subsequent occasions. The “judicium parium” was destined to enjoy a long and brilliant career, and the interpretations put upon it by the Crown and by the opposition respectively, while interesting in themselves, afford strong confirmation of the somewhat restricted estimate of the scope of the present chapter, which has been above enunciated.

(1) The baronial contention. The earls and barons, throughout the reign of John’s unhappy son, attempted to place a broad interpretation on the privilege secured to them by this chapter—claiming that all pleas, civil and criminal (such at least as were raised against them at the instance of the Crown) should be tried by their fellow earls and barons, and not by professional judges of lower rank.

(2) The royal contention. The Crown, on the other hand, while not openly infringing the charter, tried to narrow its scope. The judges appointed by the king to determine pleas coram rege, no matter what their original status might be, became (so the Crown argued) by such appointment, the peers of any baron or earl. This doctrine was enunciated in 1233 when Henry III. and his justiciar, Peter des Roches, denounced Richard, Earl Marshal, as a traitor, in a meeting (colloquium) of Crown tenants held at Gloucester on 14th August of that year. Thereafter, “absque judicio curiae suae et parium suorum,” as Matthew Paris carefully relates,[841] Henry treated earl Richard and his friends as outlaws, and bestowed their lands on his own Poitevin favourites. An attempt was made, at a subsequent meeting held on 9th October, to have these proceedings reversed on the ground, already stated, that they had taken place absque judicio parium suorum.

-----

Footnote 841:

Chron. Maj., III. 247-8.

-----

The sequel makes clear a point left vague in Matthew’s narrative: there had been a judgment previous to the seizure, but only a judgment of Crown officials coram rege, not of earls and barons in the commune concilium. The justiciar defended the action of the government by a striking argument: “there were no peers in England, such as were in the kingdom of France,” and, therefore, John might employ his justices to condemn all ranks of traitors.[842] Bishop Peter was here seeking to evade the provisions of Magna Carta without openly defying them, and his line of argument was that the king’s professional judges, however lowly born, were the peers of an English earl or baron.[843] Neither the royal view nor the baronial view entirely prevailed. A distinction, however, must be drawn between criminal and civil pleas.

-----

Footnote 842:

M. Paris, Ibid., III. 251-2.

Footnote 843:

Pollock and Maitland, I. 393, hesitate to condemn this argument. "The very title of the ‘barons’ of the Exchequer forbids us to treat this as mere insolence." Dr. Stubbs has no such scruples: “The Bishop replied contemptuously, and with a perverse misrepresentation of the English law” (Const. Hist., II. 49). Elsewhere he makes him, not so much contemptuous, as ill-informed of the law—“ignorant blunder as it was” (II. 191). Yet Bishop Peter had presumably a more intimate knowledge of the law he administered as justiciar in 1233 than any modern writer can have. In the matter of amercements, at least, the barons of the exchequer acted as the peers of earls and barons.

-----

(3) Criminal pleas. Offenders of the rank of barons partially made good their claim to a trial by equals; while all other classes failed. A further distinction is thus necessary. (a) Crown tenants. The conflicting views held by king and baronage here resulted in a compromise. In criminal pleas, the Crown was obliged to recede from the high ground taken by Peter des Roches in 1233. Unwillingly, and with an attempt to disguise the fact of surrender by confusing the issue, Bracton in theory and Henry III. in practice admitted part of the barons’ demand, namely, “that in cases of alleged treason and felony, when forfeiture or escheat was involved, they should be judged only by earls and barons.”[844] This concession was by no means based on the broad ground taken by the Charter. Bracton does not admit that the king’s justices were not “peers” of barons; but deduces their disability from the narrower consideration that the king, through his officials, ought not to be judge in his own behalf, since his interests in escheats might bias his judgment. This is the reason why, from Bracton’s day to our own, “the privilege of peers,” which gradually assumed its modern form, has never extended to misdemeanours, since such convictions never involved forfeiture or escheat to the Crown.

-----

Footnote 844:

Pike, House of Lords, 173. See also Bracton, f. 119; Pollock and Maitland, I. 393.

-----

The manner of giving effect to this concession is noteworthy. The judicium parium was secured to earls and barons in later reigns, not merely by giving seats on the judicial bench to a few holders of “baronies,” but by bringing the case before the entire body of earls and barons in commune concilium. What the barons got at first was “judgment” by peers. The actual “trial” was the “battle,” the fellow-peers acting as umpires and enforcing fair play.[845] Although new modes of procedure came to prevail, the Court of Peers continued its control, and the judgment of peers gradually passed into the modern trial by peers.[846] The subject has been further complicated by the gradual growth of the modern conception of a “peerage,” embracing various grades of “nobles.” In essentials, however, the rights of a baron (or of any magnate of higher grade) accused of crime have remained unchanged from the days of Henry III. to our own. The privilege of “trial by peers,” whatever the reason underlying it, still extends to treason and felony, and is still excluded from misdemeanours. When competent it still takes place before a "Court of Peers"—namely, the House of Lords if Parliament is in session, and the Court of the Lord High Steward if not. Petty offences committed by peers, like those committed by commoners, come before the ordinary courts of law. Under these limitations, then, the privilege of a peer to be tried only in the House of Lords (or in the Court of the Lord High Steward) has been for centuries a reality in England for earls and barons, and also for members of those other ranks of the modern “peerage” unknown in 1215—dukes, marquesses, and viscounts.[847]

-----

Footnote 845:

“The trial, therefore—the ascertaining of the fact—was, though under the direction and control of the Court of Peers, by battle; but the judgment on the trial by battle was to be given by the peers.” Pike, House of Lords, 174.

Footnote 846:

Pike, Ibid., 174–9.

Footnote 847:

The privilege was extended to peeresses by the statute 20 Henry VI. c. 9.

-----

(b) For tenants of a mesne lord, however, no similar privilege has been established, even in a restricted form. In charges of felony, as in those of misdemeanour, all freemen outside the peerage are tried, and have been tried for many centuries past, in the ordinary courts of law. There is no privileged treatment for the knight or the landed gentleman. All are judged in the same tribunals and by the same procedure. Private feudal courts never recovered from the wounds inflicted by Henry II. The clauses of Magna Carta which sought to revive them were rendered nugatory by legal fictions or simply by neglect.

(4) Civil pleas. Various attempts were made by the barons as a class, or by its influential members, to make good a claim to judicium parium in civil cases.[848] The chief anxiety, perhaps, of the men of 1215 was to save their estates and castles from disseisin consequent on such pleas. Yet the barons’ efforts in this direction were entirely unsuccessful. The House of Lords (except in cases involving the dignity or status of a peer) has never claimed to act as a court of first instance in civil cases to which a peer was a party. Noble and commoner are here perfectly on a level. No “peer of the realm” has for many centuries asked to plead before a special court of his peers in any ordinary non-criminal litigation, whether affecting his real or his personal estate.

-----

Footnote 848:

The Earl of Chester claimed it in 1236-7, and the Earl of Gloucester (in a special form as a lord marcher) in 1281. See Pollock and Maitland, I. 393, n.

-----

VII. Erroneous Interpretations. The general tendency to vagueness and exaggeration has already been incidentally discussed. Two mistakes of unusual persistence require more detailed notice.

(1) The identification of judicium parium with trial by jury. The words of the present chapter form the main, if not the sole, ground on which this traditional error has been based.[849] The mistake probably owes its origin to a not unnatural tendency of later generations of lawyers to explain what was unfamiliar in the Great Charter by what was familiar in their own experience. They found nothing in their own day to correspond with the judicium parium of 1215, so far at least as affected those who were not Crown tenants; they found nothing in Magna Carta (unless it were this clause) to correspond with their own trial by jury: therefore they identified the two, interpreting the present chapter as a general guarantee of the right to trial by jury.[850] Mr. Reeves, Dr. Gneist, and other writers long ago exposed this error, but the most conclusive refutations are those recently given by Prof. Maitland and Mr. Pike. The arguments by which these writers prove that “judgment by peers” is one thing and the “verdict of a jury” quite a different thing are of a somewhat technical nature;[851] but as their importance is far-reaching they must be explained, however briefly. They seem to be mainly three in number:

-----

Footnote 849:

Cf. supra, pp. 158-163.

Footnote 850:

The erroneous identification of judgment of peers with trial by jury can be found far back in legal history. Pollock and Maitland, II. 622-3, n., trace it to within a century of Magna Carta. "This mistake is being made already in Edward I.’s day; Y. B. 30-1 Edward I., p. 531.“ In spite of modern research the error dies hard. It appears, e.g., in Thomson, Magna Charta, 223, and in Taswell-Langmead, Const. Hist., 110. It was repeated only the other day by so high an authority as Dr. Goldwin Smith in his recently published work, ”The United Kingdom," I. 127, where he maintains that chapter 39 of Magna Carta “affirms the right of trial by jury.”

Footnote 851:

Pollock and Maitland, I. 152, n., and Pike, House of Lords, 169.

-----

(a) The criminal petty jury cannot here be intended, since it had not been invented in 1215:[852] to introduce trial by jury into John’s great Charter is an unpardonable anachronism. (b) The barons would have repudiated trial by jury if they had known it. They desired (here as in chapter 21) that all questions affecting them should be “judged” before fellow barons, and in the normal case, by the duellum. They would have scorned to submit to the verdict of “twelve good men” of their own locality. Their inferiors must have no voice in determining their guilt or innocence. This sentiment was shared by the tenants of mesne lords. (c) Judgment and verdict were essentially different. The function of a petty jury (after it had been invented) was to answer the specific question put to it. The insurgent barons demanded more than this: they asked a decision on the whole case.[853] The “peers” who judged presided over the proceedings from beginning to end, appointing the proof they deemed appropriate, sitting as umpires while its fulfilment was essayed, and giving a final decision as to success or failure therein.

-----

Footnote 852:

Cf. supra, p. 161.

Footnote 853:

Cf. Pike, Ibid., 169. “From the time when trial by jury first commenced, either in civil or in criminal cases, to this present end of the nineteenth century, no jury ever did or could give judgment on any matter whatsoever.” The difference between the ancient and modern conceptions of judgment, however, must not be lost sight of.

-----

(2) Magna Carta and arbitrary commitment. A second erroneous theory has still to be discussed. The Petition of Right, as already stated, treats Magna Carta as prohibiting the Crown from making arrests without a warrant showing the cause of detention; and the earlier commentators further interpreted it as making all acts of arbitrary imprisonment by the Crown absolutely illegal, although strong reasons of state might urge the detention of dangerous individuals. Hallam, for example, declares that from the era "of King John’s Charter, it must have been a clear principle of our institutions that no man can be detained in prison without trial." Yet every king of England from the days of John Lackland to those of Charles Stewart, claimed and exercised the prerogative of summarily committing to gaol any man suspected of evil designs against the Crown or Commonwealth. Strong kings used this power freely to remove those whom they wished to silence. Frequently no cause of arrest was mentioned, no explanation given, except the words "by the king’s command." During all these centuries the legality of such procedure was never challenged as contrary to Magna Carta, or on any other ground. Even the famous protest of the judges of Queen Elizabeth, asserting the existence of legal limits to the royal prerogative of commitment, proves the lawfulness of the general practice to which it makes comparatively insignificant exceptions. Such rights inherent in the Crown, dangerous undoubtedly to liberty but yet perfectly legal, were never seriously challenged until the struggle between Charles I. and his parliaments had fairly begun. Then it was that old precedents were eagerly sought out and put to new uses. Then only was it suggested, for the first time, that Magna Carta was intended to prohibit arbitrary commitments at the command of the Crown. Such was the argument deliberately put forth in 1627 during the famous proceedings known sometimes as Darnell’s case and sometimes as the case of the Five Knights. Heath, the Attorney-General, easily repelled this contention: “the law hath ever allowed this latitude to the king, or his privy council, which are his representative body, in extraordinary cases to restrain the persons of such freemen as for reasons of state they find necessary for a time, without for this present expressing the causes thereof.”[854] The parliamentary leaders, however, too grimly in earnest to be deterred by logic, were far from abandoning their error because Heath had unanswerably exposed it. They embodied it, on the contrary, in the Petition of Right, which condemned the Crown’s practice of imprisoning political offenders “without any cause showed” (or only per speciale mandatum regis) as contrary to the tenor of Magna Carta—an effective contention as a political expedient, but essentially unsound in law.

-----

Footnote 854:

See State Trials, III., p. 1, and S. R. Gardiner, History, VI. 214.

-----

CHAPTER FORTY.

Nulli vendemus, nulli negabimus, aut differemus, rectum aut justiciam.

To no one will we sell, to no one will we refuse or delay, right or justice.

This chapter, like the preceding one with which it is so closely connected, has had much read into it by commentators which would have astonished its original framers. The application of modern standards to ancient practice has resulted in a complete misapprehension. The sums customarily received by John, as by his predecessors, at every stage of legal procedure, were not necessarily the wages of deliberate injustice. This is evident from several considerations. Thus litigants paid fines for redress against the Crown itself; in disputes between two private parties, the sum offered by the highest bidder was by no means always accepted; sometimes justice was rendered to one litigant gratis in spite of a heavy offer by the other. Many payments, then, were not bribes to an unjust judge, but merely expedients for hastening the law’s delays, or to ensure a fair hearing for a good plea, or to obtain some unusual but not unfair expedient, such as a peculiarly potent writ or the hearing of a case in the exchequer, which would ordinarily have been tried elsewhere. If the royal courts charged higher rates for justice than the feudal courts, they supplied a better article. When Henry of Anjou threw open the doors of his court to all freemen who chose to pay for writs, he found a ready market. These writs differed widely in price. Some from an early date were issued whenever applied for (writs de cursu) and at a fixed sum: others were granted only as marks of favour or after a bargain had been struck. Specially quick or cogent procedure had to be specially paid for. It would thus appear that the system of John was not open to the unqualified and violent condemnation which it usually receives. Hallam’s language is too sweeping when he says: “A law which enacts that justice shall neither be sold, denied, nor delayed, stamps with infamy that government under which it had become necessary.”[855] It was John’s abuse of the system, not the system itself, which called for condemnation; and the worst that could be said against it, according to medieval standards, was that it lent itself too readily to abuse.

-----

Footnote 855:

Middle Ages, II. 451.

-----

If the barons really desired that John should continue to dispense royal justice in the new fields occupied by his father, but should do so without pecuniary return, their demands were unfair and even absurd; but probably they only wished a strict adherence to the customary rules and charges which they had come to expect as normal in connection with royal tribunals. The system, indeed, has many objectionable features to modern critics; but in the twentieth century, as in the thirteenth, justice cannot be had for nothing; and the would-be litigant with a good claim but a slender purse will be well advised to acquiesce in a small loss rather than incur the certainty of losing as much again in extra-judicial outlays, and the risk of losing many times more in the judicial expenses of a protracted litigation. The lack of free justice is a reproach which the men of to-day cannot with good grace fling at the administration of John.

As the evils complained of are often exaggerated, so also are the reforms promised by this chapter of Magna Carta. John is usually held to have agreed to the abolition of payments of every sort for judicial writs and other fees of court. Justice, unlike other valuable commodities, was, it would appear, to be obtained for nothing—an ideal never yet attained in any civilized community. A body of highly trained clerks could not be kept by the king to issue writs gratuitously to all who asked them, and a staff of judges, “who knew the law and meant to keep it,” to determine pleas which would bring in no return to the Crown.

The intention of those who framed this chapter was probably to secure a more moderate and reasonable measure of reform. Abuses of the system were to be redressed.[856] Unfortunately it was not easy to define abuses—to determine where legitimate payments stopped and illegitimate ones began. Prohibitive prices ought not to be charged for writs de cursu; but was the Crown to have no right to issue writs of grace on its own terms? Plaintiffs who had any special reason for haste frequently paid to have their suits heard quickly: was that an abuse?[857]

-----

Footnote 856:

Cf. Madox, I. 455, "By nulli vendemus were excluded the excessively high fines: by nulli negabimus, the stopping of suits or proceedings, and the denial of writs: by nulli differemus such delays as were before wont to be occasioned by the counterfines of defendants (who sometimes would outbid the plaintiffs) or by the prince’s will."

Footnote 857:

Fines for this purpose were frequent under Henry II. and his sons. Madox, I. 447, cites many examples. Thus in 1166 Ralph Fitz Simon paid two marks “for speeding his right” (pro recto suo festinando). The practice continued under Henry III. in spite of Magna Carta. Bracton’s Note Book cites a hard case (No. 743): Henry III. was claiming prerogative wardship where it was illegal under c. 37 of Magna Carta (q. v.). The court might have delayed hearing the mesne lord’s plea until the wardship was ended; but he paid five marks pro festinando judicio suo. The fine was said to be given “willingly” (sponte). Did the use of this word make possible an evasion of c. 40 of the Charter?

-----

Whatever the intention may have been, the practical effect of the clause was not to secure the abolition of the sale of writs and justice. The practice under Henry III. has been described by our highest authority. "Apparently there were some writs which could be had for nothing; for others a mark or a half-mark would be charged, while, at least during Henry’s early years, there were others which were only to be had at high prices. We may find creditors promising the king a quarter or a third of the debts that they hope to recover. Some distinction seems to have been taken between necessaries and luxuries. A royal writ was a necessary for one who was claiming freehold; it was a luxury for the creditor exacting a debt, for the local courts were open to him and he could proceed there without writ. Elaborate glosses overlaid the king’s promise that he would sell justice to none, for a line between the price of justice and those mere court fees, which are demanded even in our own day, is not easily drawn. That the poor should have their writs for nothing, was an accepted maxim."[858]

Probably the practice before and after 1215 showed few material differences. Some of the more glaring abuses of the system were checked: that was all.[859] Parliament in subsequent reigns had frequently to petition against the sale of justice in breach of Magna Carta.[860] The king usually returned a politic answer, but was careful never to surrender his right to exact large sums for writs of grace. Richard II., for example, replied: “Our lord the king does not intend to divest himself of so great an advantage, which has been continually in use in Chancery as well before as after the making of the said charter, in the time of all his noble progenitors who have been kings of England.”[861]

-----

Footnote 858:

Pollock and Maitland, I. 174. Cf. Ibid., II. 204, and authorities cited.

Footnote 859:

Madox, I. 455, says: “And this clause in the great Charters seems to have had its effect. For ... the fines which were paid for writs and process of law were more moderate after the making of those great Charters than they used to be before.”

Footnote 860:

Instances are collected by Sir T. D. Hardy in Rot. de oblatis, p. xxi. See also Stubbs, Const. Hist., II. 636-7.

Footnote 861:

Rot. Parl., III. 116, cited Stubbs, Const. Hist., II. 637.

-----

It is thus evident that Magna Carta did not put down the practice of charging heavy fees for writs. Yet this chapter, although so frequently misunderstood and exaggerated, is still of considerable importance. It marks, for one thing, a stage in the process by which the king’s courts gradually outdistanced all rivals. In certain provinces, at least, royal justice was left in undisputed possession. In these the grievance was not that there was too much royal justice, but that it was sometimes delayed or denied. Here, then, even in the moment of John’s most bitter humiliation we find evidence of the triumph of the policy of the Crown inaugurated half a century earlier by his far-seeing father.

It is not to such considerations as these, however, that this chapter owes the prominence usually given to it in legal treatises; but rather to the fact that it has been broadly interpreted as a universal guarantee of impartial justice to high and low; and because when so interpreted it has become in the hands of patriots in many ages a powerful weapon in the cause of constitutional freedom. Viewing it in this light, Coke throws aside his crabbed learning and concludes with what is rather a rhapsody than a lawyer’s commentary: “as the gold-finer will not out of the dust, threads, or shreds of gold, let pass the least crumb, in respect of the excellency of the metal; so ought not the learned reader to pass any syllable of this law, in respect of the excellency of the matter.”[862]

-----

Footnote 862:

Second Institute, 56.

-----

CHAPTER FORTY-ONE.

Omnes mercatores habeant salvum et securum exire de Anglia, et venire in Angliam, et morari et ire per Angliam, tam per terram quam per aquam, ad emendum et vendendum, sine omnibus malis toltis, per antiquas et rectas consuetudines, preterquam in tempore gwerre, et si sint de terra contra nos gwerrina; et si tales inveniantur in terra nostra in principio gwerre, attachientur sine dampno corporum et rerum, donec sciatur a nobis vel capitali justiciario nostro quomodo mercatores terre nostre tractentur, qui tunc invenientur in terra contra nos gwerrina; et si nostri salvi sint ibi, alii salvi sint in terra nostra.

All merchants shall have safe and secure exit from England, and entry to England, with the right to tarry there and to move about as well by land as by water, for buying and selling by the ancient and right customs, quit from all evil tolls, except (in time of war) such merchants as are of the land at war with us. And if such are found in our land at the beginning of the war, they shall be detained, without injury to their bodies or goods, until information be received by us, or by our chief justiciar, how the merchants of our land found in the land at war with us are treated; and if our men are safe there, the others shall be safe in our land.

Merchants and merchandise, like all other classes and interests, had suffered severely from John’s greed, unrestrained by regard for the rights of others. The control of commerce was specially reserved for the king’s personal supervision. No law or traditional usage trammelled him in his dealings with foreign merchants, who were dependent on royal favour, not on the law of the land, for the privilege of trading and even for personal safety. No alien merchant could enter England or leave it, nor take up his abode in any town, nor move from place to place, nor buy and sell, without paying heavy tolls to the king. This royal prerogative proved a profitable one.[863]

-----

Footnote 863:

So far all authorities are agreed, though a difference of opinion exists as to the source of these prerogatives. Thus (a) Stephen Dowell, History of Taxation and Taxes in England, I. 75, considers that the duties on imports and exports were in their origin of the nature of voluntary dues paid by foreign merchants in return for freedom of trade and royal protection; (b) Hubert Hall, Customs Revenue of England, I. 58-62, considers the prerogative as merely one aspect of purveyance, that is of the right of the king to requisition what he required for his own needs and those of his household. Many such “theories” are anachronisms. The prerogative was founded on fact—on the brute force at the Crown’s disposal. Kings took what they could, and left future ages to invent theories to justify or explain their actions.

-----

John increased the number and amount of such exactions, to the detriment alike of foreign traders and of their customers. Magna Carta, therefore, sought to restrain this branch of prerogative, forbidding him to exact excessive tolls for removing obstacles of his own creating. This benefited the merchants by securing to them certain rights, which may perhaps be analysed into three: safe-conduct, that is protection of their persons and goods from violence; liberty to buy and sell in time of peace; and a confirmation of the ancient and just rates of “customs,” with the abolition of John’s “evil tolls” or additional exactions.

So far, the general purport of the enactment is undoubted; but discussions have arisen on several important points, such as the nationality of the traders in whose favour it was conceived; the exact nature of the “evil tolls” abolished; the motives for the rules enforced; and the relations between denizens and foreign traders.

I. Magna Carta favours alien Merchants. The better opinion would seem to be that this chapter applied primarily to foreign traders from friendly states. Attempts have been made, indeed, to argue otherwise, namely, that denizens were to benefit equally with strangers, Magna Carta holding the balance even between them. Such was the purport of a learned discourse delivered in the House of Commons by William Hakewill, Barrister of Lincoln’s Inn, in 1610, during the debate on John Bate’s case.[864] His main argument was that certain statutes of the reign of Edward III.,[865] in seeking to confirm and expand the provisions of Magna Carta, did clearly embrace denizens as well as aliens. Yet the framers of an Act in the fourteenth century may well have misunderstood the tenor of John’s Charter, or may have deliberately altered it.

-----

Footnote 864:

See State Trials, II. 407-475, and especially 455-6.

Footnote 865:

E.g. 2 Edward III. c. 9 and 14 Edward III., stat. 1, c. 21.

-----

Intrinsic and extrinsic evidences combine to create a strong presumption that Magna Carta referred chiefly, perhaps exclusively, to merchants of foreign lands.[866] Denizens trading in England did not require those “safe conducts” which form the chief concession in this chapter; and their rights of buying and selling were already protected in another way; for independent traders were unknown, all merchants being banded into guilds in the various towns whose privileges (“omnes libertates et liberas consuetudines”) were guaranteed to them in a previous part of the great Charter.[867] It was the alien merchants who required special protection, since they had, strictly speaking, no status in the eye of the law, and held their privileges from the king, who, moving along the line of least resistance, frequently preferred to overtax them rather than his own subjects.[868] The Crown might vouchsafe the protection they needed either willingly or grudgingly, and under conditions to be altered at discretion, but never unless well paid for. The policy of Henry II. and his sons was to favour merchant strangers, but to exact in return the highest dues possible, restrained only by an enlightened self-interest which stopped short at the point where trade would languish by becoming unprofitable. The Exchequer Rolls and the Patent Rolls afford many illustrations of how individual traders or families made private bargains with the Crown for trading privileges. In 1181 Henry obtained two falcons for granting leave to export corn to Norway. In 1197, a certain Hugo Oisel owed 400 marks for licence to trade in England and in Richard’s other lands in time of war as well as of peace.[869]

-----

Footnote 866:

Two-thirds of the chapter is occupied in explaining that merchant strangers of unfriendly States are not to benefit from it. Mr. Hakewill was aware of this, but sought to evade the natural inference by subtleties which are not convincing.

Footnote 867:

See supra, under c. 13.

Footnote 868:

For the legal position of aliens, see Pollock and Maitland, I. 441-450.

Footnote 869:

See Pipe Rolls, 27 Henry II. and 8 Richard I., cited Madox, I. 467-8.

-----

At the commencement of John’s reign, traders resident in England seem collectively to have obtained confirmation of their privileges. That king issued Letters Patent to the Mayor of London, to the magistrates of many smaller towns, and to the sheriffs of the southern counties of England, directing them, in terms closely resembling those of Magna Carta, to allow to all merchants of whatsoever land safe coming and going, with their wares.[870]

-----

Footnote 870:

See Rot. Chart., 60 (5th April, 1200).

-----

These arrangements were merely temporary. John did not intend that any such general grant should prevent him from exacting further payments from individuals as occasion offered. For example, Nicolas the Dane promised a hawk each time he entered England, that he might come and go and trade “free of all customs which pertain to the king.”[871] Such customary dues, at the usual rates, were not abolished by the Charter, but only the arbitrary additional payments for which there was no warrant.

-----

Footnote 871:

See Pipe Roll, 6 John, cited Madox, I. 469, where other illustrations will be found. Cf. also Rot. Pat., 170. 170_b_, 171, 172_b_.

-----

On this point, then, Magna Carta contained no innovations, and the same is true of its provision for reprisals against traders from lands where English merchants were ill-treated. On the outbreak of war the Charter directs that merchants of the enemy’s nation should be detained until the king ascertained how his own subjects were treated in the enemy’s territory. This is merely declaratory of the previous practice, of which an illustration may be found in the terms of a writ of August, 1214, which directed the bailiffs of Southampton to detain all Flemings and their goods pending further instructions.[872] There were thus precedents for those rules for foreign traders, which have aroused the admiration of Montesquieu.[873]

-----

Footnote 872:

In the same writ John bade them allow to depart freely all vessels of the land of the Emperor or of the King of Scotland after taking security that they would sail straight to their own countries and take with them none but their own crews. See Rot. Claus., I. 211, and cf. series of writs in I. 210.

Footnote 873:

See De l’Esprit des Lois II. 12 (ed. of 1750, Edinburgh), “La grande chartre des Anglois défend de saisir et de confisquer en cas de guerre les merchandises des négociants étrangers, à moins que ce ne soit par représailles. Il est beau que la nation Angloise ait fait de cela un des articles de sa liberté!”

-----

II. Customs and Tolls. “Consuetudines” is in this passage used in its narrower financial sense, relating to those duties on imports and exports which are still specially called “customs” at the present day, and to various local dues as well. “Tolls” when not stigmatized as “evil tolls” would seem to be practically synonymous with these customs. The Crown had at first taken from the defencelessness of merchants, whatever, on each occasion, it thought fit. Practice soon established rules as to the normal rates considered fair in various circumstances. When a ship-load of foreign wine arrived, the normal toll was “one cask from a cargo of ten up to twenty casks, and two casks from a cargo of twenty or more.”[874] From other merchandise a share was claimed of a fifteenth or sometimes a tenth of the whole. Such tolls, if originally a species of blackmail, had in John’s day come to be regarded as a legitimate branch of royal revenue. Any arbitrary increase, however, was condemned by public opinion, and ultimately by Magna Carta, as a “mala tolta.”

-----

Footnote 874:

S. Dowell, Hist. of Taxation, I. 83, citing Madox, I. 525-9 [2nd ed. I. 765-770], and Liber Albus, I. 247-8.

-----

It must be remembered, however, that the king was not the only one who exacted tolls. Every town in England, and many feudal magnates, by prescriptive usage or by royal grant, levied payments on all goods bought or sold at various fairs and markets, or that entered the city gates, or were unloaded at river wharves, or traversed certain roads. The ambition of every borough was to increase its own franchises at the expense of its neighbours. The free customs of Bristol, for example, meant not only that the men of that city should have freedom from tolls inflicted by others, but that they should have the right to inflict tolls upon those others. A whole network of such customs and restrictions impeded the free exchange of commodities in every part of England. Magna Carta had no intention of sweeping these away, so far as they were “just and ancient”; and it is probable that the prohibition against arbitrary increase of tolls was directed only against the Crown.

III. The Motives prompting these Provisions. It has been not unusual to credit the framers of Magna Carta with a liberal policy of quite a modern flavour; they are made free-traders and credited with a knowledge of economic principles far in advance of their contemporaries. This is an entire misconception: Englishmen in the beginning of the thirteenth century had formulated no far-reaching theories of the rights of the consumer, or the advantages of the policy of the open door. The home traders were not consenting parties to this chapter, and would have bitterly resented any attempt to place foreigners on an equal footing with the protected guilds of the English boroughs. The barons, in inserting this stipulation among the promises wrung from John, acted on their own initiative and from purely selfish motives. The rich nobles, both lay and ecclesiastic, desired that nothing should prevent the foreign rivals of the insular burghers from importing the wines and rich apparel which England could not produce. John, indeed, as a consumer of continental luxuries, partially shared their views, but his short-sighted policy threatened to strangle foreign trade by gradually increasing the burdens attached to it, until it ceased to be remunerative. The barons, therefore, in their own interests, not in those of the foreign merchants, still less in those of native traders, demanded that the custom duties should remain at their old fixed rates. In adopting this attitude, they showed their selfish indifference to the equally selfish claims of English traders, who, jealous of foreigners alike in their home markets and in the carrying trade, desired a monopoly for themselves. Every favour shown to foreign merchants was an injury done to the guilds of the chartered boroughs. This chapter thus shows a lack of gratitude on the barons’ part for the great service rendered to their cause by their allies, the citizens of London. John, on the other hand, would have little reluctance in punishing the men of his capital who, with the ink scarce dry on their new municipal charter, had not scrupled to desert his cause.[875] It must have been with grim pleasure that, on 21st July, 1215, in strict conformity with the tenor of Magna Carta, he addressed a writ to King Philip inviting reprisals upon London merchants in France in certain contingencies.[876]

-----

Footnote 875:

See supra, 41–2.

Footnote 876:

See New Rymer, I. 135: “Know that we have ordered the mayor and sheriffs of London to allow merchants of your land to remove their goods and chattels from London, without hindrance to doing thence their will; and that if they do not, you may, if it please you, grieve and molest the men of that town (illius villae) in your power, without our reckoning it a breach of truce on your part.”

-----

In the reissue of 1216 the privileges conferred on merchant strangers were confined to such as had not been “publicly prohibited beforehand.” This was a material alteration, the effect of which was to restore to the king full discretionary authority over foreign trade, since he had only to issue a general proclamation, and then to accept fines for granting exemption from its operation.

IV. English Boroughs and Merchant Strangers. The quarrel between home and alien traders underwent many vicissitudes during several succeeding centuries, the Crown taking now one side, and now the other, as its pecuniary interests happened to dictate for the moment. No glimmerings of the doctrine of free trade can be traced: the merchants of each town, banded in their guilds, directed their endeavours towards securing rights of exclusive trading for themselves. It is true that the men of London were scarcely more jealous of the privileges of the citizens of Rouen or of Paris than of those of York or of Lincoln; their ambition was to inflict restrictions upon all rivals alike. The Liber Custumarum, a compilation of the early thirteenth century, lays down minute rules for the regulation of foreign traders in London. The merchant stranger had to take up his abode in the house of some citizen. He was strictly prohibited from engaging in retail trade and from purchasing articles in process of manufacture. He could buy only from those who had the freedom of the city, and could not re-sell the goods within the borough walls. He was allowed to sell only to burgesses of London, except on three specified days of the week. Such were a few of the rules which the Londoners enforced on all traders within their gates. The king, however, intermittently encouraged foreigners. Under the fostering protection of Henry III., Lombards and Provençals settled in considerable numbers in the capital; and with the connivance of the king, infringed these rules. When the Londoners complained, Henry refused relief. Their loyalty thus shaken, they sided with the king’s opponents in the Barons’ War, and when the royalist cause triumphed at Evesham, the capital shared in the punishment meted out to the Crown’s opponents. Prince Edward in 1266 was nominated protector of foreign merchants in England, whose cause was temporarily triumphant. At the accession of that Prince, London bought itself back into royal favour for the time being. At the same period an attempt was made to define what tolls or customs might be taken by the Crown. In 1275, in Edward’s first parliament, a tariff was fixed by “the prelates, magnates, and communities at the request of the merchants” on most of what then formed the staple exports of England: half a mark on every sack of wool, half a mark on every three hundred wool-fells (that is, untanned skins with the fleeces on), and one mark on every load of leather.

These were subsequently called magna et antiqua custuma, to distinguish them from an additional fifty per cent., levied from foreign merchants at a later date and known as parva et nova custuma. The settlement of 1275 was by no means final. New disputes arose; and in 1285 Edward I. confiscated the liberties of London, suppressed what he characterized as abuses, and favoured the aliens. In 1298 the franchises of the capital were restored, and very soon the abuses complained of began anew. Edward retorted in 1303 by a special ordinance known as the carta mercatoria in favour of their foreign rivals, by the terms of which the provisions of the present chapter of Magna Carta became at last a reality. This new charter, which was the result of a bargain struck between the Crown and the alien traders, conferred various privileges and exemptions in return for the increased rates of duty now imposed and known henceforth as parva et nova custuma. Edward I. made several attempts to exact the higher rates from denizens as well as from strangers; but in this he failed. In 1309 a Petition of Parliament was presented against the exaction of the “new customs,” declaring them to be in contravention of Magna Carta.

In 1311 a temporary community of economic and political interests resulted in an alliance between the English merchants and the English baronage, whose combined efforts forced the “Ordinances” upon Edward II., compelling him for a time to reverse his father’s policy of favouring foreigners at the expense of native merchants. It is unnecessary to follow the checkered fortunes of these Ordinances, frequently enforced and as frequently abolished, according as the fortunes of the barons or of Edward II. were for the moment in the ascendant. During the reign of Edward III. the deep-rooted quarrel between home and alien merchants continued; and many changes of policy were adopted by the Crown. The statute of 1328 which abolished the “staples beyond the sea and on this side” provided “that all merchant strangers and privy may go and come with their merchandises into England, after the tenor of the Great Charter.”[877] Seven years later this was confirmed by an act which in considerable detail placed strangers and denizens on an exact equality in all branches of trade, both wholesale and retail, under the express declaration that no privileged rights of chartered boroughs should be allowed to interfere with its enforcement.[878] While this statute merely repeated and applied the general doctrine of the present chapter of Magna Carta, it directly infringed the provisions of chapter 13.[879] Such sweeping regulations were in advance of their age and could not be carried out without revolutionising the entire medieval scheme of trade and commerce, which depended on merchant guilds, town charters and local monopolies. The influence of the English boroughs and their political allies was strong enough to make the strict enforcement of such legislation impossible; and later statutes, bowing to the inevitable, restored the privileges of the boroughs, while continuing to enunciate an empty general doctrine of free trade to foreigners.[880] The English boroughs, to which Parliament in the reign of Richard II. thus restored their franchises and monopolies, were able effectually to exclude foreign competition, in certain trades at least, from within their walls, for four centuries, until the Statute of 1835 ushered in the modern era of free trade.[881]

-----

Footnote 877:

2 Edward III. c. 9.

Footnote 878:

See 9 Edward III. c. 1 and cf. 25 Edward III., stat. 4, c. 7.

Footnote 879:

Cf. supra, pp. 290-1, where the inconsistency between the two parts of the Great Charter is pointed out.

Footnote 880:

See 2 Richard II., stat. 1, c. 1 and 11 Richard II. c. 7.

Footnote 881:

See 5 and 6 William IV. c. 76, s. 14.

-----

CHAPTER FORTY-TWO.

Liceat unicuique de cetero exire de regno nostro, et redire, salvo et secure, per terram et per aquam, salva fide nostra, nisi tempore gwerre per aliquod breve tempus, propter communem utilitatem regni, exceptis imprisonatis et utlagatis secundum legem regni, et gente de terra contra nos gwerrina, et mercatoribus de quibus fiat sicut predictum est.

It shall be lawful in future for any one (excepting always those imprisoned or outlawed in accordance with the law of the kingdom, and natives of any country at war with us, and merchants, who shall be treated as is above provided) to leave our kingdom and to return, safe and secure by land and water, except for a short period in time of war, on grounds of public policy—reserving always the allegiance due to us.

The terms of this permission for free intercourse between England and foreign lands are peculiarly wide, the exceptions being reasonable and necessary. Prisoners obviously could not leave our shores, nor outlaws return to them: the case of merchants from hostile states had already been provided for in a liberal spirit; while the temporary restriction of intercourse with the enemy on the outbreak of hostilities was eminently reasonable.

Although the provision is thus quite general in its scope, embracing all classes and ranks of men, it was peculiarly welcome to the clergy, as enabling them without a royal permit to proceed to Rome, there to prosecute their appeals or press their claims for preferment. Thus considered, it contains a virtual repeal of article 4 of the Constitutions of Clarendon of 1166, which forbade archbishops, bishops, and parsons (personæ) of the kingdom to leave that kingdom without the king’s licence. The grant of freedom of intercourse in 1215 thus opened a door for the Church to encroach on the royal prerogative; and for that reason it was omitted from the reissue of 1216, never to be replaced. A boon was thus withdrawn from all classes from fear that it might be abused by the ecclesiastics. Henry III. took advantage of the omission in order to restrain the movements of clergy and laity alike. Those who left the country without the royal licence had frequently to pay fines.[882]

-----

Footnote 882:

E.g. Coke (Third Institute, p. 179) cites from Rot. finium of 6 Henry III. and Rot. claus. of 7 Henry III. the following case: “Willielmus Marmion clericus profectus est ad regem Franciae sine licentia domini regis, et propterea finem fecit.” The practice had apparently been much the same prior to Magna Carta. E.g. Madox (I. 3) cites from Pipe Roll of 29 Henry II. how “Randulfus filius Walteri reddit compotum de XX marcis, quia exivit de terra Domini Regis.”

-----

The stringency with which this prerogative was at first enforced tended, however gradually, to become more lax. The king still preserved the right, but only exercised it by means of proclamations over particular classes or on special occasions, the inference being that all not actually prohibited were free to come and go as they pleased. Thus in 1352 Edward III. had it proclaimed throughout every county of England that no earl, baron, knight, man of religion, archer, or labourer, should depart the realm under pain of arrest and imprisonment.[883] The fact that Edward found it necessary to issue such an ordinance, autocratic and abhorrent to modern ideals as its terms now appear, points to a decrease of royal power, as compared with that exercised by Henry II., John, or Henry III. A further curtailment of prerogative may be inferred from the terms of a Statute of Richard II., which, in confirming the king’s power to prohibit free egress from England, does so, subject to very wide exceptions. Under its provisions the Crown had the right to prohibit the embarkation of all manner of people, as well clerks as others, from every port and other place upon the sea-coast under pain of forfeiture of all their goods, "except only the lords and other great men of the realm, and true and notable merchants, and the king’s soldiers," who were apparently in 1381 free to leave without the king’s licence, although earls and barons had been prohibited in 1352.[884] Even if this statute confers on magnates, merchants, and soldiers freedom to go abroad without royal licence (which is doubtful) the powers of veto reserved to the Crown were still, to modern ideas, excessive. It remained in force, however, until 1606, when it was repealed under somewhat peculiar circumstances. After the union of the crowns, King James, anxious to draw the bond closer, persuaded his first English parliament to abrogate a number of old laws inimical to Scottish interests. It was in this connection that the Act of Richard II. was declared (in words, however, not limited to Scotland) to be “from henceforth utterly repealed.”[885] Coke stoutly maintains that this repeal left intact the Crown’s ancient prerogative, not founded upon statute but on the common law, of which power the already-cited Proclamation of Edward III. had been merely an emanation. He almost seems, therefore, to argue that the Crown in the seventeenth century retained authority which extended precisely over those classes mentioned in the ordinance of 1352.

-----

Footnote 883:

See Coke, Ibid., citing the Close Roll of 25 Edward III.

Footnote 884:

5 Richard II., stat. 1, c. 2.

Footnote 885:

4 James I. c. 1, s. 22.

-----

In any view, the prerogative of interfering with the subject’s freedom to depart from England has never been completely taken from the Crown. Yet, in the course of centuries a great change has been gradually effected: the onus has been shifted from the individual who wished to leave the kingdom, on to the king who wished to detain him. While, under John or Henry III., the subject required before embarking to obtain a licence from the Crown, under later kings he was free to leave until actually prohibited by a special royal writ. Coke[886] speaks of the form originally used for this purpose, a form so ancient in his day as to be already obsolete, known as Breve de securitate invenienda quod se non divertet ad partes externas sine licentia regis. This was superseded by the simpler writ Ne exeat regno which is still in use.[887] The sphere of this writ was restricted and altered: it ceased to be an engine of royal tyranny and was never issued except as part of the process of a litigation pending in the Court of Chancery. Regarded always with suspicion by the courts of common law as a creature of prerogative, it was for centuries the special instrument which prevented parties to a suit in equity from withdrawing to foreign lands. Some uncertainty exists as to the proper province of these writs at the present day, since the Judicature Acts have merged the Court of Chancery in the High Court of Justice.[888]

-----

Footnote 886:

Third Institute, p. 178.

Footnote 887:

Its origin is obscure. See Beames, Brief view of the writ of Ne Exeat, passim.

Footnote 888:

See Encyclopaedia of Laws of England, IX. 79.

-----

The use of such writs in this restricted sphere could not be reckoned an oppressive interference with the liberty of the subject. The perfect freedom to leave the shores of England and return at pleasure, accorded by John’s Magna Carta, but immediately withdrawn as impracticable for that age, has in the course of centuries been fully realized.[889]

-----

Footnote 889:

On the whole subject of these writs, see Stephen, Commentaries, II. 439-40 (ed. of 1899), and authorities there cited.

-----

Two phrases, occurring in this chapter, call for comment, although for different reasons:—one as embodying an ancient legal doctrine, now obsolete, the other as anticipating a characteristically modern point of view. (1) Salva fide nostra. This short-lived clause of Magna Carta, in granting freedom to leave the country, very properly provided that mere absence from England should absolve no one from allegiance to his king. The old doctrine of nationality was indeed a very stringent one. The rule which prevailed was Nemo potest exuere patriam. Everyone born in the land owed allegiance to its king—and this tie continued unbroken until severed by the death of subject or sovereign; it could be broken in no other way. According to this maxim, a man born a subject of the king of England must remain his subject wherever he wandered. A breach of the duties of allegiance, which were consequent thus on the mere accident of birth, might expose the offender to the inhuman horrors inflicted upon traitors.

A series of statutes, culminating in the Naturalisation Act of 1870, have entirely abrogated this ancient doctrine, and substituted one of perfect liberty. Any native of Great Britain is now free to become the subject of any foreign state; and the mere fact of his doing so deliberately and with all necessary legal formalities, denudes him of his British nationality, severs the tie of allegiance, and frees him from the operation of the law of treason. The words “salva fide nostra” no longer apply.

(2) Propter communem utilitatem regni. The charter, in placing a restriction on the right of free egress, during the actual continuance of hostilities, declared that such restriction was to be imposed for the common good of the kingdom, thereby enunciating what is generally regarded as a very modern doctrine: John was to take action, not for his own selfish ends but only pro bono publico.

CHAPTER FORTY-THREE.

Si quis tenuerit de aliqua eskaeta, sicut de honore Wallingfordie, Notingeham, Bolonie, Lancastrie vel de aliis eskaetis, que sunt in manu nostra, et sunt baronie, et obierit, heres ejus non det aliud relevium, nec faciat nobis aliud servicium quam faceret baroni si baronia illa esset in manu baronis; et nos eodem modo eam tenebimus quo baro eam tenuit.

If one who holds of some escheat (such as the honour of Wallingford, of Nottingham, of Boulogne, of Lancaster, or of other escheats which are in our hands and are baronies) shall die, his heir shall give no other relief, and perform no other service to us than he would have done to the baron, if that barony had been in the baron’s hand; and we shall hold it in the same manner in which the baron held it.

This chapter reaffirms a distinction which had been recognized by Henry II. but ignored by John. Crown tenants were divided into two classes, according as their holdings had been originally granted by the Crown, or by some mesne lord whose barony had subsequently escheated. The latter class received preferential treatment from Henry II. for reasons to be immediately explained. The older law of escheats was too vague to prove an effective restraint on royal prerogative; the king, when a fief had escheated to the Crown, might reckon grants made by its former owner as void, refusing to acknowledge as binding upon him the titles of the sub-tenants, treating all sub-tenancies as wiped out by the mere fact that their lord’s fief had escheated to the Crown. A mesne lord, on the contrary, had no similar rights over the sub-tenants of his tenant who had suffered escheat.

The king usually mitigated in practice the full severity of this theory, confirming as of grace, or from motives of policy, or in return for money, claims which he refused to admit as matter of right. The tenants of escheated baronies were accepted as tenants in capite of the Crown.[890] Not only so; but Henry II. did not allow them to be prejudicially affected by the change. The king would only take from them those services and feudal dues which they had been wont to render to the lord of the barony previous to its escheat. This just and lenient policy explains the origin of the division of royal tenants into two classes; tenants who held of Henry ut de corona, and tenants who held of him ut de escaeta, ut de honore, or ut de baronia (phrases used synonymously).[891] In respect of such obligations as were heavier for ordinary Crown tenants than for tenants of mesne lords, holders of Crown fiefs ut de escaeta were placed on the more favoured footing. Two illustrations may be given. While tenants ut de corona under Henry II. had to pay large and arbitrary reliefs, those ut de escaeta paid no more than 100s. per knight’s fee.[892] Nor was their obligation of “suit” (or attendance at the feudal court of the lord of the fief) to be increased. “The tenants of any honour or manor which had come by escheat to the Crown, were not suitors of the Curia Regis, but of the court of the honour or manor which had so escheated.”[893]

-----

Footnote 890:

Royal clemency in this respect could not be relied on by the sub-tenants of small escheated fiefs (not reckoned as honours or baronies). This seems to be the opinion of Madox, Baronia Anglica, 199: “If a fee holden of the Crown in capite escheated to the king and was not an Honour or Barony, then such fee did not (that is to say, I think it did not) vest in the Crown in the same plight in which it was vested in the said tenant in capite.” Cf. also Ibid., 203.

Footnote 891:

See Madox, Baronia Anglica, 169–171; also Pollock and Maitland, I. 261, and authorities there cited.

Footnote 892:

See Dialogus, II. x. F, and Ibid., II. xxiv. The same rule applied to sub-tenants of baronies in wardship (which was analogous to temporary escheat). For example, when the see of Lincoln was vacant, and therefore in ward to the Crown in 1168, the heirs of sub-tenants paid to Henry only what they would have paid to the bishop; one giving £30 for six fees, and another 30 marks for four. See Pipe Roll, 14 Henry II., and cf. supra, c. 2. In the matter of scutage, also, a distinction was recognized: while tenants ut de corona might be compelled to serve in person without an option, crown tenants ut de honore (and a fortiore sub-tenants also) might claim exemption on tendering scutage. See case of Thomas of Inglethorpe in 12 Edward II., cited by Madox, Baronia Anglica, 169–171.

Footnote 893:

Report on the Dignity of a Peer, I. 60.

-----

John ignored this distinction, extending to tenants ut de escaeta the more stringent rules applicable to tenants ut de corona. Magna Carta reaffirmed the distinction; and, not content with enunciating a general principle, made two particular applications of it: neither reliefs nor services of former tenants of baronies were to be augmented by reason of the fact that such baronies had escheated to the Crown.[894] Henry III.’s Charter of 1217 emphasized a third application of the general rule, declaring that he would not, by reason of an escheated barony, claim escheat or custody over the sub-tenants of that barony.[895] To understand this concession, it must be remembered that under Henry III., as under Henry II., sub-tenants of baronies were still liable to have their titles reduced through the reduction by escheat of the title of their lord; while sub-tenants of those who were themselves sub-tenants were not exposed to a similar mischance by the escheat of their immediate lord. Here also the position of Crown fiefs ut de escaeta was to be assimilated to that of fiefs of mesne lords, and differentiated from that of Crown fiefs ut de corona. Sub-tenancies of escheated baronies were not to be wiped out, but to subsist, and the Crown (or its grantee) would take the escheat subject to all liabilities to, and rights of, sub-tenants.

-----

Footnote 894:

The need for this special reference to relief is not, at first sight, obvious, since c. 2 of Magna Carta, by forbidding John to exact from Crown tenants of either class the arbitrary sums taken by his father, would seem to have already secured them from abuse. Probably, however, c. 43 sought to prevent John from treating each of the former tenants of the escheated barony as holder of a new barony of his own, and therefore liable to a baron’s relief of £100 instead of the £25 he ought to pay for his five fees, or £50 for his ten fees, or as the case might be. The case of William Pantol (see Pipe Roll, 9 Henry III., cited Madox, I. 318) seems to illustrate this. He was debited with £100 of relief for his father’s land, but protested that he held nothing of the Crown save five knights’ fees of the land which was of Robert of Belesme. This plea was upheld, and £75 of the amount debited was written off.

Footnote 895:

See c. 38 of 1217, and cf. the gloss given by Bracton (II. folio 87, b.) which makes the meaning somewhat less obscure. The Charter of 1217 contained a saving Clause: “unless the holder of the escheated barony held directly of us elsewhere.” Bracton added a second proviso, namely, unless the said sub-tenants (now Crown tenants ut de escaeta) had been enfeoffed by the king himself.

-----

The Crown seems not to have strictly observed this rule in practice. Article 12 of the Petition of the Barons in 1258[896] complained that Henry had granted charters conferring rights which were not his to give (aliena jura), but which he had claimed as escheats. An act of the first year of Edward III. narrated how the Crown had confiscated from purchasers tenements held of the Crown “as of honours,” thus treating them “as though they had been holden in chief of the king, as of the Crown.” Redress was promised by the statute:[897] but irregularities continued throughout the earlier Tudor reigns; and the first Parliament of Edward VI. passed an act to protect purchasers of lands appertaining to honours escheated to the Crown.[898]

-----

Footnote 896:

See Sel. Charters, 384.

Footnote 897:

See 1 Edward III., stat. 2, c. 13, Statutes of Realm, I. 256.

Footnote 898:

See 1 Edward VI. c. 4, Statutes of Realm, III. 9.

-----

CHAPTER FORTY-FOUR.

Homines qui manent extra forestam non veniant de cetero coram justiciariis nostris de foresta per communes summoniciones, nisi sint in placito, vel plegii alicujus vel aliquorum, qui attachiati sint pro foresta.

Men who dwell without the forest need not henceforth come before our justiciars of the forest upon a general summons, except those who are impleaded, or who have become sureties for any person or persons attached for forest offences.

These provisions were intended to redress one of the many abuses connected with the administration of the oppressive forest laws.

I. The Royal Forests. For at least a century before John’s reign the word “forest” had acquired an exact technical meaning, and was applied to certain wide districts scattered irregularly throughout England, reserved to the Crown for purposes of sport. Here the wild boar and deer of various species found shelter, in which they were protected by the severe regulations of the “Forest Law.” It was the prevalence of this code which absolutely marked off the districts known as royal forests from all that lay extra forestam; and this made an accurate definition possible. A “forest” was a district where this oppressive law prevailed to the absolute exclusion of the common law which ruled outside. The forests with their inhabitants had been deliberately omitted from the unifying process, by which the rest of England had been assimilated under a uniform lex terrae. They remained in great measure at the discretion of the Crown. This exclusion of the common law from the confines of the forests was the root from which many evils grew. In no other sphere was the prerogative so unfettered as within the charmed circles which marked off these royal preserves from more fortunate parts of the kingdom.

From this definition of a forest as a legal, not a physical, entity, it follows that the word is far from synonymous with terms such as “wood” or “covert,” implying merely natural characteristics. A forest was not necessarily covered with trees throughout the whole or even the greater part of its extent. Miles of moorland and heath and undulating downs might be included, and even fertile valleys, with ploughed fields and villages nestling among them. The same forest, indeed, might contain many woods, some of them on royal demesne and some the property of private owners. In certain places the king’s proprietary rights might be co-extensive with his forestal rights; but, more frequently, large tracts of the solum (whether wooded or bare) were owned by freeholders, whose rights of property tended to become merely nominal, when overridden by the king’s rights of the chase. Men might live, and did live, within the boundaries, but they could enjoy no rights of personal freedom or of property inconsistent with the rules laid down by the Crown to protect its own interests. Within the imaginary line the king’s power was supreme, and he used it frankly for the preservation of beasts of the chase, not for the good government of the men who happened to dwell there. These unhappy beings were absolutely subject to the harsh forest code, a law, in the expressive words of Dr. Stubbs, “cruel to man and beast.” If accused of forest offences, they had no protection from the common law of England any more than from the law of a foreign land. It was something, however, that even in these high places of royal prerogative, customary rules grew up, obtained authoritative recognition, and gradually hardened into laws which set some limits, however inadequate, to royal caprice. Before John’s time the forest code, as set forth in the Assize of Woodstock, and exemplified by the practice of forest officials, had taken its place as a definite system of law distinct from common law and canon law alike.[899]

-----

Footnote 899:

A convenient short account of the forests, with their special laws, special officials, and special courts, will be found in W. S. Houldsworth’s History of English Law, pp. 340-352. For fuller information see Dialogus de Scaccario, I. xii.; John Manwood, Book of the Forests (1598); Coke, Fourth Institute, 289–317; G. J. Turner, Preface to Select Pleas of the Forest (1901); and an article in the Edinburgh Review for April, 1902.

-----

II. Origin of the Forests. Before the Norman Conquest the kings of England do not seem to have laid claim to any exclusive prerogative in this respect. The only ordinance of Cnut on the subject admitted to be authentic enacted merely that every man should have his own hunting, while the king should have his.[900] The rights of the Crown, however, were strengthened and consolidated by the events of 1066, and by the hardening of feudal theory which followed. All unoccupied waste lands became royal property; and these were the natural resorts of the larger sorts of game. The king established a claim to a preferential, and, at last, to an exclusive, right to hunt the more important species of animals ferae naturae, known as "beasts of the forest"—embracing the red deer (harts and hinds), the fallow deer (bucks and does), the roe deer of both sexes, and the wild boar, with, exceptionally in one forest, the ordinary hare.[901] The Conqueror and his sons set great store on their hunting, and warned all intruders off the wide tracts of land claimed as royal preserves. Henry I. formulated the doctrine of the forest law, and it was probably due to him that “forest” acquired its highly technical meaning. With the special meaning came the express claim to a monopoly of hunting, together with supreme and exclusive jurisdiction. The disorders of Stephen’s reign lowered the Crown’s authority in this respect as in so much else, and Henry II. found the forests much curtailed. He had no intention to acquiesce in this, but it was not till 1184 that he attempted, by the Assize of Woodstock, to formulate the rules of the forest law. In this sphere, as in so many others, the process of organization was completed by Henry II. building on the foundations laid by his grandfather; and the whole structure was bequeathed in a state of high efficiency to his sons. John’s attitude to the forest laws was not entirely consistent. The monk of Barnwall, whose work is incorporated by Walter of Coventry in his own, relates to John’s credit how, in the year 1212, he attempted, among other reforms meant to propitiate the people, some relaxations in the severity of the forest code.[902] Such clemency was exceptional. More characteristic of his normal attitude was the order issued on 28th June, 1209, that hedges should be burned and ditches levelled, so that while men starved, the beasts might fatten upon the crops and fruits.[903]

-----

Footnote 900:

Select Charters, 156.

Footnote 901:

Select Pleas of the Forest, xiii.

Footnote 902:

See W. Coventry, II. 207, and Stubbs’ Preface, lxxxvii. By a writ of 18 May, 1204 (New Rymer, I. 89), he disafforested all Devonshire except Dartmouth and Exmoor.

Footnote 903:

R. Wendover, III. 227. This, however, is clearly a biased account of the king’s resumption of forest tracts illegally put under cultivation by way of purpresture.

-----

III. Forest Officials. The local magistrates who administered the rest of England were excluded from the confines of the forests by a separate set of officials. At the head of this special organization was placed, in early times, the Forest Justiciar (called the chief forester in chapter 16 of the Carta de Foresta), whose duties were divided in the year 1238, after which there were two provinces separated by the river Trent.[904] His appointment was permanent, and his duties, which continued between the eyres, were administrative rather than judicial. He had discretionary authority to release trespassers imprisoned for offences against the forest laws.[905] Under his general supervision each forest, or group of forests, was governed by a separate warden, aided by a number of petty officials known as foresters, whose duties were analogous to those of a modern gamekeeper, but with magisterial powers in addition. Wardens were of two classes—"the one appointed by letters patent under the great seal, holding office during the king’s pleasure; the other hereditary wardens."[906] For the king’s use there was situated in or near each forest of any extent a royal residence which, in the Middle Ages, naturally took the form of a stronghold. It was convenient that the office of warden should be combined with that of constable of this neighbouring castle.[907] “The wardens were the executive officers of the king in his forests. Writs relating to the administration of forest business, as well as to the delivery of presents of venison and wood, were in general addressed to them.”[908]

-----

Footnote 904:

See Select Pleas of the Forest, xiv. The permanent routine work performed by this functionary must not be confused with the intermittent duties of the Justices of Forest Eyres: although he was almost invariably a member of the commission who went on circuit: e.g. chapter 16 of the Forest Charter speaks of the Chief Forester holding pleas of the forest.

Footnote 905:

Select Pleas, xv.

Footnote 906:

Mr. Turner, in Select Pleas, xvii.

Footnote 907:

Engelard de Cygony, for example, whose name appears in chapter 50, occupied this double position. Chapter 16 of Carta de Foresta forbids castellans to determine pleas of the forests, thus strengthening the presumption that wardens were usually constables.

Footnote 908:

Select Pleas, xix.

-----

The office was one of authority and of profit, usually paid in kind rather than by a salary. The warden often held a fief by a tenure connected with the service, and enjoyed rights and perquisites always of a valuable nature, though varying with each forest. These were sufficient to provide him with an income adequate to his position, and to allow him to find the wages of his under-keepers, who ought thus to have been paid officials. Such was the theory; as matter of fact, the foresters, instead of receiving wages, gladly paid large sums to the warden, and recouped themselves, with an ample profit, by extortions from the humble dwellers in their bailiwicks.[909] These unpaid foresters were expressively said “to live upon the country.” They formed a powerful official class, whose excessive numbers were a source of constant complaint. They may be classified in various ways, as, into riding and walking foresters (of whom there were one and four respectively in the normal case), or into foresters nominated by the wardens, and foresters in fee. These last had vested interests which the Forest Charter was careful to respect; as, where chapter 14 reserved to them the right to take “chiminage,” or way-leave, denied to other types of foresters; they might still enjoy, but not abuse, the “vested rights” reserved to them.[910]

-----

Footnote 909:

Ibid., xxi.

Footnote 910:

The same chapter, however, fixed the rates of “chiminage.”

-----

With these professional gamekeepers there co-operated, in later times at least, several groups of unpaid magistrates appointed from the knights and freeholders of the district. Of these honorary officials, whose original function was to supply supplementary machinery for protecting the rights of the Crown, but whose position as county gentlemen with a stake in the district led them also to act to some extent as arbitrators between the king and outside parties, there were three recognized kinds. (a) Towards the close of the twelfth century officers known as verderers (usually four for each forest) become prominent. They appear in the Carta de Foresta of 1217, but had not been mentioned in the Assize of Woodstock of 1184. It is probable that the office was devised in the interval as a check on the warden’s power, as the office of coroner had been instituted in the reign of Richard I. as a drag on the sheriff. In other important respects the duties of the verderers within the forests resembled those of coroners within the rest of the county. They were not royal employees, whose whole time was absorbed by the duties of office and remunerated by fixed salaries or by perquisites, but rather local landowners whose magisterial services were unpaid, and were presumably required only on special occasions. They were responsible directly to the king, and not to the warden; and were appointed in the county court, their “election” taking place in accordance with the terms of the writ “de viredario eligendo.” They attended the forest courts and swanimotes, and it appears from chapter 16 of Henry’s forest charter that it was their duty to bring before the Justices in Eyre lists of all offenders indicted in the lower courts. These “rolls of attachment” were certified by their seals.[911] (b) The Regarders were twelve knights appointed in each forest county to make tours of inspection every third year, finding answers to a series of questions known as the “Chapters of the Regard.” In this way they reviewed the Crown’s interests alike in “the venison and the vert” (the technical names for game and growing timber respectively), and reported upon all encroachments: upon hawks and falcons, bows and arrows, greyhounds and mastiffs (with special reference to “expeditation” or cutting of their claws),[912] and generally upon everything owned by private individuals likely to harm the beasts of the forest.[913] (c) The Agistors are mentioned in the same clause of the Assize of Woodstock which mentions the Regarders. Four knights were appointed, apparently by the warden of each forest, whose duty it was to protect the king’s interests in all matters connected with the pasturing of swine or cattle within the royal woods. For thirty days at Michaelmas pigs were turned loose with liberty to feed on the acorns and beech mast on payment by their owners of a small fixed sum per head. The four knights were required to take note of sums thus due, known as “pannage,” and to collect them at Martinmas.[914]

-----

Footnote 911:

For the earliest notice of verderers see Select Pleas of the Forest, xix., n. Their appointment in the county court may indicate that they acted in some measure as a check on the professional foresters in the interests of the people generally, as well as a check on the warden in the interests of the king. Within the forest the warden, with the verderers and foresters, offered an exact parallel to the sheriff with the coroners and bailiffs (or serjeants) in other parts of a county.

Footnote 912:

See Carta de Foresta, c. 6.

Footnote 913:

After 1217, if not before, it was one of their duties to fix the number of foresters required, so that the inhabitants need not groan under a heavier burden than necessary.

Footnote 914:

In one document they were styled agistatores precii (Select Pleas, p. 1.), which suggests that fixing the rate was their chief duty. “Agist” was a general term; it was apparently correct to speak of "agisting a wood”, of “agisting cattle,” and of “agisting the money due.”

-----

Mention ought, perhaps, to be made of the private foresters also, whom owners of woods within the forests were obliged to appoint. These “wood wards,” as they were sometimes called, while paid for by the owner of the wood, were expected to protect the king’s interests. In particular, they must prevent trees under their care from being destroyed or wasted: the king was an interested party in these, since they formed shelter for his game.

IV. Forest Courts. The judicial side of the forest system was developed in a manner equally elaborate. Three sets of tribunals must be distinguished: (1) The Court of Attachments (or “view of attachments”) was a petty tribunal, the chief duty of which was confined to taking evidence to be laid in due course before a higher court. Exceptionally, however, it had power to inflict fines for small trespasses against the "vert"—namely, for acts of waste not exceeding the value of fourpence. It met once in every forty days,[915] which seems in practice to have been interpreted as once every six weeks, the meetings being always held on the same day of the week.[916] (2) Courts of Inquisitions. When a serious trespass against the forest laws was discovered, a special court was, in early days, summoned immediately to make investigations. The foresters and verderers conducted the inquiry, but it was their right and their duty to assemble the men of the neighbouring townships to help them. In strictness, apparently, all the inhabitants might be compelled to attend. In practice, it was sufficient if four men and the reeve represented each of the four adjoining villages. Whenever a “beast” was found dead in the forest twenty men had thus to assemble, to the neglect of their own affairs; and they would be made to suffer if they failed to discover the culprit. In one district at least (Somerton) the definition of beasts of the chase extended to the ordinary hare; and we read[917] how four townships sat in solemn judgment, and found “that the said hare died of murrain, and that they know of nothing else except misadventure,” and how, this verdict not giving satisfaction, the townships were fined on the pretext that they were not fully represented. The real offence was their failure to disclose the culprit, which was held to imply a desire to shield him. Some alleviation of the burden of attendance was effected when, at some date posterior to 1215, special inquisitions were superseded by one general inquisition, held at regular intervals (usually every six weeks), to cover all trespasses committed during the interval. These courts of inquiry (whether special or general) only “kept” pleas without “trying” them—that is to say, they received and recorded accusations, while the judgments were reserved for the justices. (3) The courts of the forest justices in eyre. As the smaller courts, in the normal case, received verdicts and reports, without punishing the offences reported, it is evident that the whole system ultimately depended on the justices. Their eyres, however, were held at wide intervals—apparently once every seven years during the reign of Henry III. A very full attendance of forest officials and of the public was summoned to meet them. The evidence stored up as a result of the work of the smaller courts, supplemented by the Rolls of the Regard, was laid before the justices, who summarily judged “pleas of the vert,” inflicting small amercements, and “pleas of the venison,” punishing by imprisonment those previously found guilty, until they ransomed themselves by heavy fines. These eyres came to be known as “Courts of Justice Seat,” but not until long after the reign of John. No juries were present, nor were they required; the justices punished offenders who had already been convicted by juries at a lower court.

-----

Footnote 915:

Carta de Foresta, c. 8.

Footnote 916:

Select Pleas of the Forest, xxx.

Footnote 917:

Select Pleas of the Forest, p. 42.

-----

These three classes of tribunals exercised functions analogous to those of a modern court of law. In addition, there should be mentioned two other kinds of assemblies which performed duties administrative rather than judicial, as these terms are now understood. (4) The regard, held once every three years—not by Crown officials, but by what was practically a jury of local knights—has already been referred to. These tours of inspection, sometime known as visitationes nemorum,[918] and sometimes even as “views of expeditation,” were of great practical importance. The resulting report was placed before the justices of eyre as evidence of forest trespasses. (5) Three times every year, meetings, known from an early date as “Swanimotes,” were held to regulate the pasturing of swine and cattle within the royal woods. A fortnight before Michaelmas the agistors met the foresters and verderers to provide for the agisting of the king’s woods, a process which lasted for thirty days—fifteen before and fifteen after Michaelmas. At Martinmas the agistors collected the pannage in presence of the same officials. A third meeting of officials was held in June to make arrangements for excluding cattle of all kinds from the king’s woods during the period when the deer were fawning, but at this the presence of the agistors was not required.[919]

-----

Footnote 918:

Dialogus, I. xi. E.

Footnote 919:

It is expressly stated in the Carta de Foresta (1217) that only the verderers and foresters need be present at the June moot, and the same officers, with the agistors, at the two others. The public were specially exempted.

-----

The Carta de Foresta applies to these assemblies, and to none other, the name "Swanimotes"—a word whose correct use has been the subject of much discussion, and whose ambiguity was in later centuries the source of many errors. Its authoritative appearance in 1217 affords strong evidence of the original sense which it bore. In later days, however, it was more loosely used, being applied to inquisitions, and also to courts of attachment. This has led to much confusion, while its derivation has also been the subject of discussion. Bishop Stubbs derived it from the word “swain,” on the supposition that courts so-called were normally resorted to by the general body of swains or country people. As matter of fact (whatever doctrine may be correct philologically), these assemblies were connected, not with “swains,” but with “swine.” The peasantry were specially exempted; whereas all three meetings sought to regulate the entry or exclusion of pigs from the woods.

V. Chases, Parks, and Warrens. Forests were necessarily royal monopolies, and must on this and other grounds be distinguished from three things with which they are apt to be confused. (1) A “chase” was a district which had once been a royal forest, but which had, without any formal act of disafforestation, been granted by the king to a private individual. The result was to transfer the monopoly of hunting therein from the Crown to the grantee, while somewhat modifying the nature of the rights transferred. The full force of the forest laws was abated, although the extent and direction of this diminution was nowhere strictly defined, varying from chase to chase. Such provisions of the forest law as continued to be binding were no longer enforced by royal officials and royal courts, but by those of the magnate, who thus obtained a franchise over the chase and the royal beasts it contained.[920] (2) A “park” was any piece of ground enclosed with a paling, or hedge, whether with the object of protecting wild beasts or otherwise, and the right to effect this was quite independent of royal grant. If the owner of a manor in the near neighbourhood of a royal forest wished to keep deer of his own, which he might kill at pleasure, whether for sport or for food, without infringing the forest laws, he had to stock an enclosure with beasts legally his own, and to keep them under conditions which made confusion with the king’s deer impossible.[921] In 1234 the barons asserted their right to keep private gaols for poachers taken in their parks (in parcis et vivariis suis), but the king refused to allow this.[922] (3) A “warren,” which might belong either to the king or to any private owner, carried with it exclusive rights of hunting within its bounds all wild animals, except those technically defined as “beasts of the forest.”[923] In practice it chiefly embraced hares and foxes.[924] Neither parks nor warrens were protected by the forest law, but by that part of the common law which related to theft and trespass. This was, however, vigorously administered for the preservation of game, so as to bear with increasing hardship on the common people, securing a monopoly of hunting to the land-owning aristocracy, and passing gradually into the modern Game Laws.[925] Dr. Stubbs held, apparently, too narrow a conception of warren when he read it in its modern sense of “a rabbit warren.”[926] It was a tract of land wherein exclusive rights of hunting lesser game (together with rabbits and other vermin) were preserved to its owner. The king might, and did, have his warrens and warreners, just as any subject might; and these royal warreners, like all Crown officials, great and small, might inflict cruel injustice on the common people;[927] but their power of doing harm was less than that of foresters, as they were dependent on the common law. The forest code did not apply even to royal warrens.[928]

-----

Footnote 920:

Select Pleas of the Forest, cix. et seq.

Footnote 921:

Ibid., cxvii.

Footnote 922:

Statute of Merton, c. 11.

Footnote 923:

Select Pleas of the Forest, cxxiii.

Footnote 924:

Ibid., cxxviii-cxxix. Wild cats should perhaps be added.

Footnote 925:

See W. S. Houldsworth, History of English Law, p. 346.

Footnote 926:

See Select Charters, 552.

Footnote 927:

Some of these Magna Carta sought to guard against. See c. 48.

Footnote 928:

Rights of hunting were sometimes conferred on subjects over territory which was not their own. Richard I., by a charter, granted permission to Alan Basset to hunt foxes, hares, and wild cats throughout the realm. See Round, Ancient Charters, No. 18.

-----

VI. Forest Rights and Forest Grievances. It is not difficult to understand the store which the kings of England set upon their forests. They prized them not merely as a pleasure ground, but also as a source of revenue. Fines and amercements, individually small, but amounting to a large sum in the aggregate, flowed into the Exchequer. Great as were the pleasure and the profit to the king, the burden and loss inflicted upon the people, freeholders and peasantry alike, were greater out of all proportion. Not only were the best interests of the forest-dwellers deliberately sacrificed to the royal hunting, not only were the legal fines swelling the exchequer rendered trebly burdensome by the galling and wasteful manner of their collection; but the men who paid them were the victims of illegal exactions in addition. These grievances may be considered under seven heads:—(1) The extent of the forests. The Crown constantly strove to extend the boundaries; the people to contract them. The Conqueror and Rufus each “afforested” wide tracts of land, of which the New Forest is only one example. In the charter of 1100, Henry bluntly declared:—“I retain in my hand, by the common consent of my barons, my forests as my father had them.” This consent of the magnates, if more than a form and willingly given, would suggest that the barons were allowed some share in these royal rights of hunting which led them here to make common cause with the Crown. Henry, as a matter of fact, retained not only the forests of his father but those of Rufus as well, and created new ones of his own.[929] Stephen, while retaining the forests of the two Williams, renounced those added by Henry I. Under Henry II., afforestation began anew.[930] The words of the Great Charter leave no room to doubt that Henry of Anjou had extended the boundaries of Stephen’s forests; and that both Richard and John carried the process further, bringing within the circle of the cruel law, not only waste and moor, but also many “woods” belonging to private owners. These royal encroachments were the more oppressive, occurring as they did in an age when population was rapidly increasing and seeking an outlet in the reclamation of waste places on the debateable land which surrounded the forests. The vagueness of the frontier aggravated this grievance, as it was often difficult for the honest reclaimer of barren land to know whether he was committing a trespass for which he might be punished by a crushing fine.[931]

-----

Footnote 929:

This is implied in the terms of Stephen’s Oxford Charter. An example of an act of afforestation by Henry is given in Select Pleas, 45, which shows how “a district could be afforested in a moment by the mere word of the monarch; it took centuries to free it from the royal dominion.” See Edinburgh Review, vol. cxcv. (1902), p. 459. Even the Forest Charter (cc. 1 and 3) admitted the Crown’s right to afforest woods on its own demesne—reserving, indeed, common of pasture to those with legal rights thereto.

Footnote 930:

The policy of Henry I., Stephen, and Henry II. respectively is well illustrated by the case of Waltham forest in Essex. See Round, Geoffrey de Mandeville, 377–8.

Footnote 931:

This group of grievances was partly remedied by chapters 47 and 53 of Magna Carta. The former provided for the summary disafforestation of all districts made forests by Richard and John, while the latter showed a more judicial spirit in the undoing of the similar work effected by their father. The Carta de Foresta of 1217 contained clauses which took the place of these somewhat crude provisions.

-----

(2) The monopoly of hunting. The Crown not only extended the bounds, but also made the law more stringent. Such privileges of hunting as the barons had were restricted as big game became scarce. The Crown’s insistence on a strict monopoly of the more exciting forms of the chase may not seem an important grievance, but it was one likely to exasperate the sport-loving nobles. John, in 1207, admitted that his barons still retained some vestiges of their right to share in the hunting of royal beasts.[932] These rights were formally recognized and defined in 1217. Chapter 11 of the Carta de foresta allowed each magnate when passing through a forest to take one or two beasts at sight of the foresters, or, if these officials could not be found, then after blowing a horn to show that nothing underhand was being done.

-----

Footnote 932:

See Rot. Claus., I. 85 (dated 11 June, 1207).

-----

(3) Interference with rights of property. Freeholders whose lands lay in districts which the king was successful in afforesting, retained their freeholds, but their proprietary rights lost half their value. They could not root out trees, to clear their own lands for cultivation; for that was to commit an assart. They could not plough up waste land or pasture (even outside the covert) and turn it into arable, nor build a mill, nor take marl or lime from pits, nor make fishponds, nor enclose any space with hedge or paling; for these acts of ownership were purprestures. They could not destroy a tree or lop off branches (except under stringent conditions), without being guilty of waste.[933] They could not agist their woods until a fortnight after Michaelmas, when the agisting of the king’s demesnes was over (thus reserving for him the best market and “pannage dues”).[934] Heavy tolls were, under the name of “chiminage,” taken from carts and sumpter-horses passing through the woods. In all these and many other ways, rights of private property in forests were so restricted as to become valueless. The Great Charter endeavoured to strike at the abuse of these Crown rights by providing machinery for the abolition of “evil customs.” The Carta de foresta entered more into detail. Not only were past trespasses of all three kinds,—wastes, purprestures, and assarts to be condoned, but the law was altered for the future. The long list of purprestures was materially curtailed: it was made lawful for a man to construct on his own freehold in the forest, mills, ponds, lime pits, ditches, and arable lands, provided these were not placed within the covert (that is in wooded places fit to shelter game) and did not infringe on any neighbour’s rights.[935] They might also keep eyries for breeding falcons and other birds of prey, and take honey found on their own ground—rights previously denied to them.[936]

-----

Footnote 933:

For detailed information as to wastes, purprestures, and assarts with their ascending scale of penalties, see Select Pleas, lxxxii.

Footnote 934:

See Assize of Woodstock, article 7.

Footnote 935:

See Carta de foresta, c. 12.

Footnote 936:

Ibid., c. 13, another clause (c. 14) forbade ordinary foresters to exact chiminage, and fixed the rates payable to those with vested rights at two pennies for each cart per half-year, and one half-penny for each sumpter horse.

-----

(4) Interference with the pursuits of the poor. If the rich suffered injury in their property, the poor suffered in a more pungent way: stern laws prevented them from supplying three of their primary needs, food, firewood, and building materials. On no account could they kill deer; while difficulties surrounded the taking of timber from the woods.[937] It is true that even the Assize of Woodstock allowed them the privilege of “estovers,” that is of cutting firewood, but only under stringent rules. All waste was strictly prohibited; and “waste” was a wide word covering, not merely wanton destruction, but all sales or gifts of logs; while nothing could be taken except at sight of the forester, whose consent would not be procured for nothing. This may be illustrated from a period sixty years later than John’s reign: Hugh of Stratford, who paid two and a half marks of yearly rent to the Warden for his post, recouped himself by taking “from the township of Denshanger for every virgate of land one quarter of wheat in return for their having paling for their corn and for collecting dead wood for their fuel in the demesne wood of the lord king; and from the same town he took from every house a goose and a hen in every year.”[938] A small sum might be taken for every load of sticks; the men of Somerset complained that “from the poor they take, from every man who carries wood upon his back, sixpence.”[939] Dwellers within or near the forests were also prohibited from keeping dogs, unless their value for other pursuits, as well as for hunting, was destroyed by the removal of three claws of the forefoot.[940] Nor could they keep bows or arrows, so necessary for their protection amid the dangers which beset the inhabitants of lonely districts throughout the Middle Ages.[941] No tanner or bleacher of hides could reside in the forest districts, unless within the walls of a borough.[942]

-----

Footnote 937:

See Assize of Woodstock, article 3.

Footnote 938:

See Select Pleas, 123 (6 Edward I.).

Footnote 939:

Select Pleas, 127 (1278-9). This was a heavy rate, the more remarkable in face of the provisions against “chiminage” in Carta de foresta, c. 14.

Footnote 940:

Assize of Woodstock, article 14. Cf. Carta de foresta, c. 6.

Footnote 941:

Ibid., article 2.

Footnote 942:

Ibid., article 15.

-----

(5) Attendance at forest courts. Unlike the grievances already mentioned which pressed chiefly on those within the forests, the burden of performing “suit” at the forest courts was specially resented by those who lived without. At every inquisition representatives from neighbouring townships must be present, while the entire population were compelled to meet the justices on their forest eyres. Henry II., whatever may have been the earlier practice, enforced this duty of attendance upon those outside the boundaries as well as on those within. The Assize of Woodstock admits no exemption for earl or baron, for knight or freeholder, nor even (according to one version) for archbishop or bishop. All and sundry must be present at the eyres. The double duty of doing suit at county courts and at forest courts meant a double loss of time, and double risk of amercement. This 11th Article of the Assize was repealed by chapter 44 of Magna Carta, which restricted the obligation to denizens of the forests, a concession confirmed in 1217.[943]

-----

Footnote 943:

See Carta de foresta, c. 2.

-----

(6) Fines and punishments. Frequent exactions ground down the dwellers in the royal forests to abject poverty. If they failed to attend one of the numerous inquisitions, they paid a fine. If they failed to disclose the guilty poacher, they paid a fine. If they gave false information, they paid a fine. If they sold or gave away timber, they paid a fine. If they kept grey hounds or mastiffs, which had not been “lawed,” that is deprived of the requisite number of claws, they paid a fine.[944] If a bow or arrow were found in their keeping, they paid a fine. If they committed any one of the numerous forms of waste or trespass, they paid a fine. Truly, the wretched peasant must walk warily if he would preserve sufficient of his miserable pittance to keep himself, his wife and children, in life and health.

-----

Footnote 944:

At one time it had evidently been the practice to exact an ox in reparation of such transgression, thus leaving the peasant without the means of tilling his land. The Forest Charter (c. 6) limited the fine to 3s.

-----

The Northamptonshire Eyre Roll of 1209 illustrates how a whole township might suffer severely for no fault of their own. "The head of a hart recently dead was found in the wood of Henry Dawney at Maidford by the king’s foresters. And the forester of the aforesaid Henry is dead. And because nothing can be ascertained of that hart, it is ordered that the whole of the aforesaid town of Maidford be seized into the king’s hand, on the ground that the said Henry can certify nothing of that hart."[945] There was clearly a strong inducement, in such cases, to find someone guilty.

-----

Footnote 945:

See Select Forest Pleas, p. 4.

-----

In certain cases Henry II. would not accept a fine, but inflicted loss of limbs upon violators of the king’s monopoly. It was often better to kill a fellow-man than a boar or stag. Article 1 of the Assize of Woodstock announced that the full rigour of the laws would be enforced, as under Henry I., while article 12 laid down more definitely that sureties would only be accepted for two offences. For the third offence nothing would suffice save the body of the offender. John’s Magna Carta made no specific regulation on this head, although the general provision for abolishing “evil customs” afforded some relief. Chapter 10 of the Carta de foresta in 1217 conceded that no one should henceforth lose life or limb for such offences. The culprit should lie in prison for year and day, and thereafter find sureties for his future good behaviour, or failing such sureties be banished from the realm.

(7) Arbitrary government and illegal exactions. If the laws of Henry’s code were stringent and the legal payments onerous, it was a worse evil that the law, such as it was, could be safely defied by the Crown officials, and that payments of a perfectly illegal nature might be freely exacted. Within the forest bounds the peasantry lived in daily fear of the discretionary authority of officials, whose most unreasonable wishes they dared not oppose. Sometimes a local tyrant established a veritable reign of terror. This happened in the forest of Riddlington under Peter de Neville, as the records of the Rutland Eyre held in 1269 disclose. One item, taken almost at random from the long list of his evil deeds, will suffice: “The same Peter imprisoned Peter, the son of Constantine of Liddington, for two days and two nights at Allexton, and bound him with iron chains on suspicion of having taken a certain rabbit in Eastwood; and the same Peter the son of Constantine, gave two pence to the men of the aforesaid Peter of Neville, who had charge of him, to permit him to sit upon a certain bench in the gaol of the same Peter, which is full of water at the bottom.”[946] In this evil pit, miscalled a gaol, men illegally arrested on mere suspicion were allowed to rot or starve to death if they failed to pay heavy ransoms. Other examples are only too abundant. In 1225 Norman Samson, a petty official of the forest of Huntingdon, put men to the torture without cause, and only released them from their torments in return for heavy bribes. These petty despots were practically irresponsible, since the eyres were held at wide intervals of seven years. Even then the sufferers might hesitate to complain, fearing a worse fate when the backs of the justices were turned. If such things could happen after the grant of the charters of 1215 and 1217, it is not likely that the foresters were more merciful before. John was always too indifferent or too busy to redress such wrongs. The only guarantee against their recurrence in the future was that honest officials should be selected. Magna Carta sought to secure this by the provisions of chapter 45, which (occurring amongst the forest clauses) directed that no justiciar, sheriff, constable or bailiff should be appointed, except such as knew the law of the land and meant to observe it. The word constable included the wardens, while bailiff was wide enough to embrace the foresters. It is doubtful whether this clause would have effected any improvement; it was withdrawn in 1216.

-----

Footnote 946:

Select Pleas, 50.

-----

Some good must have resulted from chapter 16 of the Forest Charter, which forbade wardens to hold pleas of the forest, and reserved them for the justices in eyre. This prevented wardens from being judges in their own cause; but their arbitrary acts continued to be plentiful under Henry III., as has been already shown. Blackmail, under thin disguises, was levied upon all who would escape the unwelcome attentions of those in power. Sixty years after Magna Carta the men of Somerset complained that “foresters come with horses at harvest time and collect every kind of corn in sheaves within the bounds of the forest and outside near the forest, and then they make their ale from that collection, and those who do not come there to drink and do not give money at their will are sorely punished at their pleas for dead wood, although the king has no demesne; nor does anyone dare to brew when the foresters brew, nor to sell ale so long as the foresters have any kind of ale to sell; and this every forester does year by year to the great grievance of the country.”[947]

-----

Footnote 947:

Select Pleas, 126.

-----

Each one of these abuses had been specifically forbidden by chapter 7 of the Carta de foresta, which had prohibited the making of “scotale” and the collection of corn, lambs, and pigs. Such rules were easier to enunciate than to enforce.

VII. Later History of Forests and Forest Laws. The Forest Charter signally failed to secure a pure administration of the law; but two processes were at work which tended to lighten the burdens inflicted. The long struggle to define accurately the boundaries ended in the reign of Edward II. in the defeat of the king, who consented to the frontier being drawn to suit the barons.[948] Within these restricted limits, time and the progress of civilization gradually softened the severity of the forest code, many customs becoming obsolete.[949] Charles I. made an ill-judged attempt to revive some of the Crown’s long-forgotten rights. Justice-seats were held by the Earl of Holland, accompanied by amercements and attempts to extend the forest bounds.[950] The result was a drastic act of the Long Parliament limiting them to their old extents.[951] This statute, however, abolished neither the forests, the forest laws, nor the forest courts. After the Restoration a Justice-seat actually took place pro forma before the Earl of Oxford. Blackstone declares this to be the last ever held,[952] although the offices of justice and warden of the forests were not abolished till 1817.[953] The forests, much curtailed in extent, are still the property of the Crown, though now administered in the interests of the public by the Commissioners of Woods and Forests.[954] The operation of the common law is, of course, no longer excluded from their confines, the old antithesis between the forest law and the law of England being now a thing of the past.[955]

-----

Footnote 948:

See infra, under c. 47.

Footnote 949:

The “assisa et consuetudines forestae,” issued by Edward I. in 1278, although merely declaratory, may have done something towards curtailing the limits of discretionary authority. See Statutes of Realm, I. 243, and Bémont, Chartes, lxv.

Footnote 950:

See S. R. Gardiner, Hist. Engl., VII. 363, and VIII. 282.

Footnote 951:

16 Charles I. c. 16.

Footnote 952:

Commentaries, III. 72.

Footnote 953:

By 57 George III. c. 61.

Footnote 954:

In virtue of a series of Acts of which 14-15 Victoria c. 42 is the latest.

Footnote 955:

See Stephen, Commentaries, II. 465-6.

-----

CHAPTER FORTY-FIVE.

Nos non faciemus justiciarios, constabularios, vicecomites vel ballivos, nisi de talibus qui sciant legem regni et eam bene velint observare.

We will appoint as justices, constables, sheriffs, or bailiffs only such as know the law of the realm and mean to observe it well.

The object of this plainly worded clause was to prevent the appointment of unsuitable men to responsible offices under the Crown. The list of officers given is a comprehensive one—justices, sheriffs, constables and bailiffs—embracing all royal ministers and agents, both of the central and of the local government, from the chief justiciar down to the humblest serjeant.[956] The clause was directed in particular against John’s foreign favourites such as the Poitevin Bishop of Winchester, Peter des Roches,[957] who had wielded and abused the authority of chief justiciar in 1214 when the king was abroad, or such as Engelard de Cygony and the other tools of John’s extortions, stigmatized by name in a later part of Magna Carta,[958] who had filled various posts as sheriffs, wardens, and officials of the exchequer. Such men had no interests at stake in England, and little love for its customs and free traditions. In future John must choose a different type of servants, avoiding all such unscrupulous men, whether Englishmen or foreigners, as were ready to break the law in their master’s interests or their own. There is thus no difficulty in understanding what class of men were here excluded from office; but what class were to fill their places? Bishop Stubbs, commenting on this passage, credits the draftsmen of the Charter with an intention to secure the appointment of men well versed in legal science: “on this principle the steward of a court-leet must be a learned steward.”[959] The clause of Magna Carta, however, refers exclusively to royal nominees, not to the officers appointed by mesne lords to preside over their feudal courts. The barons appointed their own stewards and bailiffs, and had no wish to hamper their own freedom of choice; but only that of the king. Further, it was not great lawyers whom the barons desired John to employ, but plain Englishmen with a rough-and-ready knowledge of insular usage, who would avoid arbitrary acts condemned by the law of the land. The barons at Runnymede in 1215 desired exactly what the council of St. Albans had desired on 4th August, 1213, when it issued formal writs commanding all sheriffs and foresters to observe the laws of Henry I. and to abstain from unjust exactions;[960] and it must be remembered that these laws of Henry were but the older laws of Edward Confessor slightly amended.

-----

Footnote 956:

Constable and bailiff are discussed supra, c. 24, and shown to include forest magistrates, supra, c. 44.

Footnote 957:

See supra, 36–7, and cf. Blackstone, Great Charter, viii.

Footnote 958:

See c. 50.

Footnote 959:

Const. Hist., I. 578, n.

Footnote 960:

Cf. supra, p. 34.

-----

The attitude of John’s barons was the same as that of Henry’s barons, when the latter declared in 1234 in such emphatic terms that they did not wish the laws of England to be changed.[961] They were far from desiring to be governed by ministers deeply versed in the science and literature of jurisprudence, since these would necessarily have been churchmen and civilians. The laws which the Crown’s officers must know and observe were the old customary laws of England, as opposed alike to the canon law and the civil law of Rome. Honest Englishmen were wanted, with a reputation for straightforward dealing and in sympathy with native prejudice. Crown ministers might do well enough without any academic training in an age when only one short treatise on the law of England had been written (that of Glanvill); while the stewards of court leets, referred to by Bishop Stubbs, might even be ignorant of the common law, provided they were versed in “the custom of the manor.”

-----

Footnote 961:

“Nolunt leges Anglie mutare que usitate sunt et approbate.” See Statute of Merton, c. 9.

-----

This provision of Magna Carta, directed primarily against alien sheriffs, castellans, and other ministers, disappeared in 1216 (without any comment in the so-called “respiting clause”), along with several provisions of a temporary nature, also directed against foreigners. Even if this well-meaning chapter of John’s Great Charter had remained in force, it would not have effected much, in the absence of adequate machinery to ensure its enforcement. In promising the selection of such ministers as knew the law and meant to keep it, John remained sole judge of the men appointed and their intentions. The clause indicated no standard of fitness to which appeal could be made, no neutral arbitrator to decide between the fit and the unfit, and no sanction to enforce compliance on an unwilling king. Half a century later, the Provisions of Oxford gave proof of some advance in political theory. They contained an expedient, crude enough it is true, for constraining royal officials to keep the law. Forms of the oaths of office to be taken by castellans and ministers of all grades were carefully provided.[962] Even this was only a first step towards settling a problem which was not completely solved until, after the struggles of many centuries, the modern doctrine of ministerial responsibility was firmly established.

-----

Footnote 962:

See Select Charters, 388–391, and Madox, II. 149, with authorities there cited.

-----

CHAPTER FORTY-SIX.

Omnes barones qui fundaverunt abbatias, unde habent cartas regum Anglie, vel antiquam tenuram, habeant earum custodiam cum vacaverint, sicut habere debent.

All barons who have founded abbeys, concerning which they hold charters from the kings of England, or of which they have long-continued possession, shall have the wardship of them, when vacant, as they ought to have.

The religious houses of the various orders, (abbeys, priories, and convents), which had increased so rapidly in number since the reign of Henry I., fell naturally into two classes according as they had been founded by the king or by private individuals. The king or the great baron, in bestowing lands on a religious foundation, reserved, either expressly or by implication, certain valuable rights of property, of which the control over the election of the abbot or prior, together with the wardship of the fief during vacancies, were the most important. King John, while by his separate charter to the clergy he had renounced in favour of all churches and monasteries, cathedral and conventual, all control over election of prelates, had carefully reserved his rights of wardship; and the barons insisted that the proprietary rights of mesne lords who had founded religious houses, should also be respected. John however, wherever he had any plausible pretext, usurped the wardship over private foundations, in addition to his own. It would appear from the terms of a later chapter,[963] that in 1215 the Crown actually held in ward certain abbeys founded by mesne lords, for provision is there made for their restoration. The present chapter looks to the future, forbidding new usurpations of this nature.

In the reissues of the Charter certain verbal changes occur, but it is not clear that they imply any changes of substance. In 1216 the words “and as it has been above declared” were added, implying that the rights of mesne lords were to be restricted by the rules previously laid down in chapter 5, as to wardship—rules especially applied to the lands of bishoprics and religious houses in 1216 by a clause which had no parallel in John’s charter.[964] In 1217 three other small changes tend to widen the scope of the clause. The “barons who have founded abbeys” of John’s grant become “the patrons of abbeys”; royal “charters” become more explicitly “charters of advowson”; “ancient tenure” is expanded into “ancient tenure or possession.”[965]

-----

Footnote 963:

See infra, c. 53.

-----

Is it possible that the influence of the Church was powerful enough at Runnymede to prohibit all mention of lay “patrons” and lay presentations or “advowsons”; whereas it was powerless to prevent the barons pressing their rights of patronage two years later? John’s promise of free canonical election[966] had interfered with royal patronage, and Stephen Langton would be unwilling to admit a subject’s claim to rights which he had forced the Crown to renounce. The question of lay patronage, indeed, was not directly raised in any version of Magna Carta; but prior to 1215 John seems to have interfered between abbeys and their founders. On 16th August, 1200 he granted to William Marshall, Earl of Pembroke, the privilege of bestowing the pastoral staff of Nuthlegh Abbey, which lay within that nobleman’s fief; this shows that John forbade appointments without royal licence.[967] The present chapter of Magna Carta made little difference in practice. Henry III. claimed wardship over abbeys and priories formed by earls and barons on their own fiefs, and kept them vacant, by preventing their patrons making appointments without his licence.[968]

-----

Footnote 964:

Compare supra, p. 250.

Footnote 965:

This chapter in its final form (1217 and 1225) runs thus: Omnes patroni abbatiarum qui habent cartas regum Anglie de advocatione vel antiquam tenuram vel possessionem habeant earum custodiam cum vacaverint, sicut habere debent et sicut supra declaratum est.

Footnote 966:

Cf. supra, p. 39.

Footnote 967:

See New Rymer, I. 81. John had also interfered “in the time of the interdict” with what Robert fitz Walter considered his rights of patronage over Binham Priory (a cell of St. Alban’s). See J. H. Round, Eng. Hist. Rev., XIX. 710-1.

Footnote 968:

See Petition of Barons (c. 11), Sel. Charters, 384.

-----

CHAPTER FORTY-SEVEN.

Omnes foreste que afforestate sunt tempore nostro, statim deafforestentur; et ita fiat de ripariis que per nos tempore nostro posite sunt in defenso.

All forests that have been made such in our time shall forthwith be disafforested; and a similar course shall be followed with regard to river-banks that have been placed “in defence” by us in our time.

An analogy may be traced between the royal prerogatives of hunting and of falconry here brought together. William the Conqueror claimed wide and ill-defined rights to “afforest” whole districts at his discretion, and in one well-known instance at least, the creation of the New Forest, he made good his claim, at the cost of much suffering to his humbler subjects. Large tracts of land were thus consecrated to the wild boar and the stag. The king claimed somewhat similar powers for protecting his preferential rights of fowling. If woods could be “afforested” for hunting, rivers might be placed “in defence” for hawking. The parallel must not be pushed too far. River-banks were preserved only for such limited period as was covered by the king’s express command; and although wardens were appointed to guard them,[969] the Crown never established such absolute control over the banks of rivers as it did within districts declared “afforested.”

-----

Footnote 969:

Mention of these officers is made in c. 48. The phrase “in defence” is explained supra, pp. 357-8.

-----

The provision of the present chapter, defining what river-banks might be “defended,” disappeared, together with the relative clause of chapter 48 (“ripariis et earum custodibus”), from the reissue of 1216; but, in the respiting clause there was promised further deliberation, which resulted in its replacement in chapter 20 of the final version of Magna Carta.[970]

-----

Footnote 970:

Cf. supra, p. 356.

-----

More attention is usually paid to the bearing of the present chapter upon the limits of the forests. John, if he had created no new forests, had at least extended the boundaries of the old ones. All such encroachments are to be immediately given up. This summary redress, which implies that John’s aggressions were so notorious as to admit of no dispute, should be contrasted with the more judicial procedure appointed by chapter 53 for determining encroachments made by Henry II. and Richard I. A somewhat similar distinction is also to be found in the corresponding provisions of the Forest Charter of 1217 (chapters 1 and 3); but the line is there differently drawn. Chapter 1 of the Carta de foresta extends the summary methods of redress to the disafforesting of all forests created by Richard as well as those created by John. The terms of the later document are also more detailed, making more explicit the meaning of the earlier grant. Both seem to be directed against encroachments on the rights of landowners, affording no protection to the poor. While they deny the Crown’s right to afforest private woods “to the damage of any one” (that is, of barons or freeholders owning them), they admit the legality of past acts, whether of Henry, of Richard, or of John, in afforesting Crown lands, subject always to a saving clause in favour of freeholders in right of common of pasturage.[971]

-----

Footnote 971:

Mr. P. J. Turner, Select Pleas of Forest, xciii., points out that although forests included open country as well as woods, yet Carta de foresta spoke only of “woods” in this connection.

-----

Even if Henry III. had cordially co-operated with his barons to disafforest all tracts of ground afforested by Henry II. and his sons, difficulties of definition would still have made the task tedious. As it was, struggles to settle the boundaries embittered the relations between Crown and Parliament, until the very close of Edward Plantagenet’s reign. Only the leading steps in the slow process by which the opposition triumphed need here be mentioned.

After the issue of the Carta de foresta on 6th November, 1217,[972] machinery was set in motion, in obedience to its terms, to ascertain the old boundaries and to disafforest all recent additions. The work of redress continued for some years, suffering no interruption from the issue of the new royal seal at Michaelmas, 1218.[973] In face of many difficulties only slow progress was possible. More strenuous efforts followed the reissue of the Charters on 11th February, 1225;[974] for, five days later, justices were appointed to make new perambulations, which resulted in the disafforestation of wide tracts. Henry considered himself, and with some reason, as unjustly treated by these justices, or by the local juries on whose verdicts they had relied. After he had proclaimed himself of age in January, 1227, he challenged their findings; and this has been misinterpreted as an attempt to annul the Forest Charter.[975]

-----

Footnote 972:

Cf. supra, p. 171.

Footnote 973:

Cf. supra, 180, and see Select Pleas, xcv.

Footnote 974:

Cf. supra, p. 181.

Footnote 975:

Cf. Select Pleas, xcix.; and see also supra, p. 184.

-----

Some of the knights who had perambulated the forests were persuaded or coerced into acknowledging that they had made mistakes; and, after further inquiry, Henry restored the wider bounds. His reactionary measures went on for two years; but thereafter the frontiers were fixed, in spite of many complaints, until strong pressure compelled Edward I., towards the close of his reign, to reopen the whole question. Perambulations in 1277 and 1279 produced apparently no results. Renewed complaints were followed by new perambulations in 1299-1300, the reports of which were laid before a Parliament which met at Lincoln on 25th January, 1301. The king, as the result of hostile forces converging from several sides, had to surrender; and on 14th February he confirmed the Forest Charter, and formally agreed to the reduced boundaries as defined by the most recent inquests. Edward had acted under constraint: on this plea he subsequently obtained from Pope Clement V. a bull, dated 29th December, 1305, revoking all the concessions made at Lincoln.[976] The Crown seemed thus to triumph once more; but the barons refused to accept defeat, forcing upon Edward II. the acceptance of the narrower bounds as they had been defined at his father’s Parliament in 1301. This settlement was confirmed by statute in the first year of the reign of Edward III.,[977] and that king failed in all attempts to escape from its provisions. Thus the authoritative pronouncement made in 1301 by the Parliament of Lincoln furnished the basis on which the protracted controversy was finally determined.[978]

Footnote 976:

See Select Pleas, cv. Mr. Turner’s account of Edward’s conduct may be compared with the estimate of M. Bémont, Chartes, xlviii.

Footnote 977:

1 Edward III., stat. 2, c. 1.

Footnote 978:

See Select Pleas, cvi. There was one exception. On 26th December, 1327, Edward III. had to submit to further disafforestations in Surrey.

-----

The further history of the forest boundaries may be told in a few sentences. No changes were made until the sixteenth century. When Henry VIII. afforested the districts surrounding Hampton Court in 1540, he did so by consent of Parliament, and on condition of compensating all those who suffered damage. The same course was followed by Charles I. in creating the Forest of Richmond in 1634. Finally, as a result of the attempts of the Stewarts to revive obsolete forest rights, a statute of the Long Parliament, reciting the Act of 1327, “ordained that the old perambulation of the forest in the time of King Edward the First should be thenceforth holden in like form as it was then ridden and bounded.”[979]

-----

Footnote 979:

16 Charles I. c. 16.

-----

CHAPTER FORTY-EIGHT.

Omnes male consuetudines de forestis et warennis, et de forestariis et warennariis, vicecomitibus et eorum ministris, ripariis et earum custodibus, statim inquirantur in quolibet comitatu per duodecim milites juratos de eodem comitatu, qui debent eligi per probos homines ejusdem comitatus, et infra quadraginta dies post inquisicionem factam, penitus, ita quod numquam revocentur, deleantur per eosdem, ita quod nos hoc sciamus prius, vel justiciarius noster, si in Anglia non fuerimus.[980]

All evil customs connected with forests and warrens, foresters and warreners, sheriffs and their officers, river-banks and their wardens, shall immediately be inquired into in each county by twelve sworn knights of the same county chosen by the honest men of the same county, and shall, within forty days of the said inquest, be utterly abolished, so as never to be restored, provided always that we previously have intimation thereof, or our justiciar, if we should not be in England.

-----

Footnote 980:

The last sixteen words, inclusive of “per eosdem,” appear at the foot of both of the Cottonian versions of Magna Carta. Cf. supra, 194–7.

-----

This chapter is mainly, though not exclusively, a forest one. It provides in a sweeping and drastic manner for the abolition of “evil customs,” three groups of which are specially emphasized: (a) those connected with forests and warrens (presumably royal warrens only), with their officials; (b) those connected with sheriffs and their subordinates; and (c) those connected with river-banks and their guardians. The word “customs” is obviously here used in its wider sense, embracing all usages and procedure, whether specially connected with pecuniary exactions or not.[981] The word “evil” is not defined, but here (in favourable contrast to elsewhere) machinery is provided for arriving at a definition. This takes the form of a new application of the useful inquisitio. In each county a local jury of twelve knights was to be immediately chosen by “the good people” of that county, and these twelve received a mandate to hold a comprehensive inquest into “evil customs” generally. All practices condemned by them (after hearing on oath smaller local juries, doubtless) were to be abolished within forty days of the inquiry, “so that they shall never be restored.”

-----

Footnote 981:

Contrast the more restricted meaning of the same word in c. 41.

-----

At the end of the chapter appears a proviso that, before actual abolition, notice must be sent to the king, or, in his absence, to his justiciar. Although such intimation was absolutely necessary, both on grounds of policy and of ordinary courtesy, it would appear that this clause was inserted only at the instance of the king’s friends; at least, it is written (as an afterthought) at the foot of two of the copies of the Great Charter.

Whether acting under pressure or from grounds of policy, John lost no time in instituting the machinery necessary for effecting this part of the reforms. On the very day on which the terms of peace were finally concluded between king and barons at Runnymede, namely, on 19th June, 1215, he began the issue of writs to sheriffs, warreners, and river bailiffs. Within a few days every one of these had been certified of the settlement arrived at, and had received commands to have twelve knights chosen by the county in the first county court, who should make sworn inquest into evil customs.[982]

-----

Footnote 982:

See Rot. Pat., I. 180, cited also Select Charters, 306–7. Cf. supra, p. 47.

-----

These orders were obeyed: knights were appointed in the various counties, who seem to have taken a liberal view of their own functions. Far from confining themselves to declaring customs to be evil, or even to seeing them abolished, they claimed to share with the sheriffs the exercise of the entire executive authority of the county. Some warrant for these pretensions may be found in the terms of a second series of writs issued in the king’s name on 27th June and following days. These were addressed to the sheriff and the twelve knights jointly, commanding them to make instant seizure of all who refused to take, as required in the previous writs, the oath of obedience to the twenty-five executors of the Charter.[983] The revolutionary committee of the central government had thus in each county local agents in the twelve knights whose original duties had been to see evil customs abolished.

-----

Footnote 983:

Cf. infra, c. 61.

-----

The hatred which all classes bore to the forest laws is well illustrated by the iconoclastic spirit in which these knights concurred with the jurors of each small district, and with all others concerned, for the drastic treatment of abuses. Moderate-minded men began to fear that these sweeping changes would virtually abolish the royal forests altogether (in their technical legal sense). Accordingly, the leading prelates, who were in large measure responsible for inducing the king to make truce at Runnymede, and were thus under a moral obligation to do what they could to prevent the barons breaking faith, issued a written protest. They declared that the chapter in question must be understood by both parties “as limited,” and “that all those customs shall remain, without which the forests cannot be preserved.”[984] Clearly, the whole code of the forest laws was in danger of being swept out of existence, as forming one huge “evil custom.” What effect, if any, this protest had, is not known. The country was soon plunged in civil war, during the continuance of which neither side had leisure for the reform of abuses, however urgently required. In 1216 the subject was one of those “respited” for future consideration, and in 1217 an attempt was made to specify in detail those evil customs which were to be abolished. The dangerous experiment of leaving such definition to local juries in each district was not repeated.

-----

Footnote 984:

Cf. supra, p. 52. The text is given Rot. Claus., 17 John, m. 27, d. and New Rymer, I. 134. It runs in name of the archbishops of Canterbury and Dublin, and of the bishops of London, Winchester, Bath, Lincoln, Worcester, and Coventry, forming (with one exception, the bishop of Rochester) precisely those mentioned in the preamble to Magna Carta.

-----

CHAPTER FORTY-NINE.

Omnes obsides et cartas statim reddemus que liberate fuerunt nobis ab Anglicis in securitatem pacis vel fidelis servicii.

We will immediately restore all hostages and charters delivered to us by Englishmen, as sureties of the peace or of faithful service.

A feature of John’s system of government was the constant demand for hostages as guarantees of his subjects’ loyalty. Such an expedient was, indeed, naturally resorted to in the Middle Ages upon special occasions, as, for example, to secure the observance of a recent treaty, or where the leaders of a rebellion, newly suppressed, had been spared on condition of future good behaviour. Thus the Conqueror, in 1067, during a forced absence from England immediately after its acquisition, took with him Edgar Atheling and the Earls Morkere and Eadwin; and many other instances readily occur. Such cases were, however, exceptional, until John established an unfortunate claim to distinction as the only king of England who ever resorted to such a policy, not merely in face of danger, but as a constant and normal practice in times of peace. It may be that his continual suspicions were well grounded; but this scarcely excuses them, since it was his own bad government which goaded his subjects into a condition of perpetual unrest.

John lived in his native England like a foreign conqueror in the midst of a hostile race, keeping sons and daughters in his clutches to answer for their parents’ attempts at revolt. This ingenious but unfair practice accords well with what we know of John’s character and general policy. It was a measure of almost devilish cunning for obtaining his immediate aim, but likely to recoil on himself whenever a critical state of his fortunes arrived. Its efficacy lay in this, that it forced the hand of discontented magnates, compelling them to decide upon the instant between the desperate expedient of open rebellion and the delivery of their children to an unscrupulous enemy, thus renouncing, perhaps for ever, the possibility of resistance or revenge, thereafter to be purchased at too dear a price—the life of the hostage. By thus paralyzing his enemies one by one, John hoped to render disaffection innocuous. Those nobles whom the tyrant did not thus control through their tenderest affections were too few for effective resistance. At the slightest show of temper, they, too, were suddenly pounced upon for hostages, thus joining the ranks of those who dared not rebel.[985]

-----

Footnote 985:

The only magnates not exposed to this dilemma were the prelates, whose celibacy cut them adrift from family ties. They had no hostages to give, and were, further, in the normal case, exempt from fear of personal violence.

-----

The entire history of the reign shows of what excessive practical importance this question of hostages had become. It abounds with examples of the varied pretexts upon which John demanded them, and of his drastic methods of visiting upon their heads the sins of those who had pledged them. Thus, in 1201, John seized the castles of certain of his barons; and one of them, William of Albini, only saved his stronghold of Belvoir by handing over his son as a hostage.[986] In the same year, the men of York offended the king by omitting to meet him in procession when he visited their city, and by their failure to provide quarters for the billeting of his archers. The king, as usual, demanded hostages, but ultimately allowed the citizens to escape on payment of £100 to buy back the king’s goodwill.[987]

-----

Footnote 986:

See R. Hoveden, IV. 161.

Footnote 987:

See Rotuli de Finibus, p. 119.

-----

Hardly a year passed without similar instances; but, apparently, it was not until 1208 that the practice was enforced wholesale. In that year the king’s abject fear of the effects of the Pope’s absolution of his barons from their allegiance led to his demand that every leading man in England should hand over his sons, nephews, or other blood relations to the king’s messengers.[988]

-----

Footnote 988:

See R. Wendover, III. 224-5, and M. Paris, II. 523.

-----

The danger of failure to comply with such demands is illustrated by the fate of Maud of Saint-Valery, wife of William de Braose, who refused point-blank to hand over her grandchildren to a king who, she was unwise enough to say, “had murdered his captive nephew.”[989] Two years later John, after failing to extort enormous sums in name of fines, caused her, with her eldest son, to be starved to death, a fate to which her own imprudence had doubtless contributed.[990] John’s drastic methods of treating his hostages may also be illustrated from the chronicles of his reign, for example, from the fate of the youths he brought from Wales in June, 1211. When he heard of the Welsh rebellion of the following year, he ordered his levies to meet him at Nottingham. On his arrival, at the muster, early in September, John found awaiting him a great concourse, who were treated to an object lesson which long might haunt their dreams. His passion at white heat, John incontinently hanged eight-and-twenty defenceless boys of the noblest blood of Wales.[991] This ghastly spectacle could not have been forgotten by any one then present, when later in the same month the king, in the throes of sudden panic, fled to London; and, secure in the fastnesses of the tower, demanded hostages wholesale from all the nobles whose fidelity he doubted. The inveterate Eustace de Vesci and Robert fitz Walter preferred to seek safety in flight, the only alternative open to them.[992] The others, with the Nottingham horror fresh in their memories, were constrained to hand over, with feelings that may be conceived, their sons and daughters to the tender mercies of John, cunning and cruel by nature, and rendered doubly treacherous by suspicion intensified by fear.

-----

Footnote 989:

R. Wendover and Matthew Paris, Ibid.

Footnote 990:

See authorities cited by Miss Norgate, John Lackland, p. 288.

Footnote 991:

Cf. supra, p. 30.

Footnote 992:

Cf. supra, p. 30.

-----

The defects of this policy, in the long run, may be read in the events which preceded Magna Carta. When John’s hold on the hostages was relaxed, because of his preparations for the campaign of 1214, ending as it did in utter discomfiture, the disaffected were afforded their long-desired opportunity, and were stimulated to rapid action by the thought that such a chance might never occur again. John, on his return, held comparatively few hostages, and the northern barons saw that they must act, if at all, before their children were once more in the tyrant’s clutches.

Even in June, 1215, John had control over a few hostages, and the chapter now under discussion demands the immediate restoration of those of English birth (the Welsh receiving separate treatment) together with the charters which John held as additional security, very much as a creditor might hold the titles of a mortgaged property. This provision of Magna Carta was immediately carried out. Letters were dispatched to the custodians of royal hostages, ordering an immediate release.[993] The practice of taking hostages, however, by no means ended with the granting of the Great Charter. Before a year had run, some of the insurgent nobles, repenting of their boldness, succeeded in making terms with John by the payment of large sums of money and the delivery of their sons and daughters in security for their future loyalty. Simon fitz Walter, for example, thus gave up his daughter Matilda.[994]

-----

Footnote 993:

See for example a letter of 23rd June to Stephen Harengod, referred to supra, p. 49.

Footnote 994:

See Rotuli de Finibus, 571. The custody of hostages might, apparently, be a desirable office, since in 1199, Alan, the earl’s son, offered three greyhounds for the custody of a certain hostage of Brittany; so it appears from Rotuli de Finibus, p. 29.

-----

CHAPTER FIFTY.

Nos amovebimus penitus de balliis parentes Gerardi de Athyes, quod de cetero nullam habeant balliam in Anglia; Engelardum de Cygony, Petrum et Gionem et Andream, de Cancellis, Gionem de Cygony, Galfridum de Martinny et fratres ejus, Philippum Marci et fratres ejus, et Galfridum nepotem ejus, et totam sequelam eorundem.

We will entirely remove from their bailiwicks, the relations of Gerard de Athyes (so that in future they shall have no bailiwick in England), namely Engelard de Cygony, Peter, Gyon, and Andrew of the Chancery, Gyon de Cygony, Geoffrey de Martyn with his brothers, Philip Mark with his brothers and his nephew Geoffrey, and the whole brood of the same.

Chapter 45 sought to secure the appointment of suitable men to posts of trust under the Crown; the present chapter definitely excludes from bailiwicks (a comprehensive term embracing all grades of local magistracies) one particular group of royal favourites. Their names prove them of foreign extraction. They had come from Brabant, Flanders, and Poitou,[995] and several of them stayed on in England and held lucrative posts under Henry III. in spite of the ban here laid upon them. The clause of John’s Charter which excluded them from office was indeed omitted from future reissues, along with chapter 45.

-----

Footnote 995:

Cf. Bémont, Chartes, 22, n, and 116.

-----

The reasons which had rendered them obnoxious to the barons are not explained, but may be readily imagined. They had filled the unpopular posts of collectors of customs, wardens of forests, and commanders of royal garrisons, and had distinguished themselves by their unscrupulous zeal in pushing the king’s prerogatives connected with trade, castles, forests, and purveyance.

The career of Engelard de Cygony may be taken as typical of the rest. He was a nephew of Gerard de Athyes,[996] and was deep in the confidence of his master, as is proved by the number of responsible offices with which he was entrusted. We know that in 1211 he acted as Sheriff of Gloucester, since he accounted to the Exchequer for the firma comitatus. He further accounted for the firma burgi of Bristol,[997] which seems to imply interference with the chartered liberties of that city. It was probably because John required his services elsewhere, that some of his sheriff’s duties were performed by deputy, a burgess named Richard rendering accounts on his behalf. Engelard also held pleas of the Crown for Gloucestershire, in violation alike of the ordinance of 1194 forbidding any sheriff to act as justiciar in his own county, and of the customary rule (confirmed only, not originated, by chapter 24 of Magna Carta) which prevented sheriffs from holding pleas of the Crown.[998] Several entries tell of barrels of wine which he took as “prise” from ships entering the port of Bristol. For example, the exchequer officials allowed him to deduct from the amount which he owed as firma, the sum of 60s., in respect of four tuns of red wine, as certified by the king’s writ,[999] an entry which suggests that he had purchased from the Crown the profits yielded by the prerogative of taking prise; and had then resold to the king the hogsheads actually required for the royal use at 15s. each. Engelard also guarded a rich treasure for the king at Bristol, probably as constable of the castle there, sums being paid to him ad ponendum in thesauro regis.[1000] On one occasion he was entrusted with the custody of more than 10,000 marks of the king’s money.[1001] Hostages, as well as bullion, were placed under his care; a writ dated 18th December, 1214, directed him to liberate three noble Welshmen whom it mentioned by name.[1002]

-----

Footnote 996:

See R. Wendover, III. 238.

Footnote 997:

Pipe Roll, 12 John, cited Madox, I. 333.

Footnote 998:

Ibid., II. 146.

Footnote 999:

Pipe Roll, 12 John, cited Madox, I. 766.

Footnote 1000:

Ibid., I. 606.

Footnote 1001:

Ibid., I. 384.

Footnote 1002:

Rot. Pat., 16 John, m. 9 (I. 125), and New Rymer, I. 126.

-----

In the civil war to which the treaty of peace sealed at Runnymede was a prelude, Engelard, then constable of Windsor Castle and warden of the adjacent forest of Odiham, proved active in John’s service. He successfully defended Windsor from the French faction, making vigorous sorties until relieved by the king.[1003] He requisitioned supplies to meet the royal needs; and a plea was brought against him so long afterwards as 1232, in connection with twelve hogsheads of wine thus taken.[1004] He acted as sheriff of Surrey under William Marshal, the Regent, but was suspended from this office in 1218 in consequence of a dispute with Earl Warenne.[1005] He remained warden of the castle and forests for twenty years after the accession of Henry III.,[1006] and his long services were rewarded with grants of land: in the county of Oxford he held the manor of Benzinton, with four hundreds and a half, during the king’s good pleasure;[1007] while his son Oliver received the lucrative post of guardian over the lands and heirs of Henry de Berkley.[1008]

-----

Footnote 1003:

See M. Paris, II. 665, who calls him “Ingelardus de Athie” and describes him as vir in opere martis probatissimus. Cf. Rot. Pat., 9 Henry III. m. 9.

Footnote 1004:

See Bracton’s Note Book, No. 684.

Footnote 1005:

See Rot. Pat., 2 Henry III. m. 7.

Footnote 1006:

Ibid., 19 Henry III.

Footnote 1007:

See Testa de Neville, p. 18, and Ibid., p. 120.

Footnote 1008:

Rot. Pat., 9 Henry III. m. 6.

-----

In 1221, however, acting in consort with Falkes de Bréauté, Philip Mark, and other castellans, Engelard supported earl William of Aumâle in his resistance to the demands of Henry’s ministers, that all royal castles should be restored to the king. Notwithstanding the secrecy with which he sent men to the earl at Biham castle,[1009] he fell under suspicion of treason, and escaped imprisonment only on finding hostages that he would hold the castle of Windsor for the king, and surrender it at his will.[1010] In 1236, he was relieved of some of his offices, but not of all, for in 1254 he was two years in arrears with the firma of the manor of Odiham.[1011] In that year, apparently, he died; for the patent roll contains a writ granting him permission to make his will, and an entry in 1255 relates how “for good service done to the king by Engelard de Cygony in his lifetime, the king granted to his executors that they should be quit of all accounts to be rendered by them at the exchequer, and of all averages of accounts, and of all debts and imposts.”[1012] Engelard thus died, as he had lived, the trusted servant and favourite of kings. His career illustrates how the very same men who had incurred odium as the partizans of John became, when the civil war was over, the instruments of his son’s misgovernment.[1013]

-----

Footnote 1009:

R. Wendover, IV. 66.

Footnote 1010:

Annals of Dunstable, III. 68.

Footnote 1011:

Mem. Roll, 28 Henry III., cited Madox, II. 201.

Footnote 1012:

Mich. Communia, 29 Henry III., cited Madox, II. 229.

Footnote 1013:

Some particulars respecting the other individuals named will be found in Thomson, Magna Charta, 244–5. Philip Mark was Constable of Nottingham under John (R. Wendover, III. 237), and Sheriff of Nottingham both before and after 1215 (see e.g. Rot. Claus., I. 412), while Guy de Chancel in 1214 accounted for the scutage of the honour of Gloucester (Madox, I. 639), and for the rent of the barony of William of Beauchamp (Ibid., I. 717).

-----

CHAPTER FIFTY-ONE.

Et statim post pacis reformacionem amovebimus de regno omnes alienigenas milites, balistarios, servientes, stipendiarios, qui venerint cum equis et armis ad nocumentum regni.

As soon as peace is restored, we will banish from the kingdom all foreign-born knights, cross-bowmen, serjeants, and mercenary soldiers, who have come with horses and arms to the kingdom’s hurt.

John here binds himself to disband his foreign troops, who had acted as the agents of his tyrannies, keeping the native English in subjection, and ever ready to take the field in the event of rebellion. These men, who had garrisoned the royal castles which formed such formidable engines of oppression in the Middle Ages, are now to be banished “as soon as peace is restored,” an indication that, even at the date of Magna Carta, a state of virtual war was recognized. This promise was partially fulfilled. On 23rd June writs were issued for the disbandment of the mercenaries.[1014] The renewal of the civil war, however, was followed by the enrolment of new bands of foreigners on both sides, and these men long continued to exercise an evil influence in England. Their presence was one of the main causes of the rebellion of 1224, after the suppression of which most of them were again banished with their ring-leader, Falkes de Bréauté, at their head.

-----

Footnote 1014:

See Rot. Pat., 17 John, m. 23 (New Rymer, I. 134).

-----

The words used to describe these soldiers are comprehensive. Stipendiarii embraced mercenaries of every kind: balistarii were cross-bowmen. This weapon, imported into England as a result of the crusades, quickly superseded the earlier short bow, but had, in turn, to succumb to the long bow, which was apparently derived from Wales, and was developed as the regular weapon of one branch of the English army by Edward I., who gained by means of it many battles against the Scotch and Welsh, and made possible the later triumphs of the Black Prince and of Henry V.

CHAPTER FIFTY-TWO.

Si quis fuerit disseisitus vel elongatus per nos sine legali judicio parium suorum, de terris, castellis, libertatibus, vel jure suo, statim ea ei restituemus; et si contencio super hoc orta fuerit, tunc inde fiat per judicium viginti quinque baronum, de quibus fit mencio inferius in securitate pacis: de omnibus autem illis de quibus aliquis disseisitus fuerit vel elongatus sine legali judicio parium suorum, per Henricum regem patrem nostrum vel per Ricardum regem fratrem nostrum, que in manu nostra habemus, vel que alii tenent que nos oporteat warantizare, respectum habebimus usque ad communem terminum crucesignatorum; exceptis illis de quibus placitum motum fuit vel inquisicio facta per preceptum nostrum, ante suscepcionem crucis nostre: cum autem redierimus de peregrinacione nostra, vel si forte remanserimus a peregrinacione nostra, statim inde plenam justiciam exhibebimus.

If any one has been dispossessed or removed[1015] by us, without the legal judgment of his peers, from his lands, castles, franchises, or from his right, we will immediately restore them to him; and if a dispute arise over this, then let it be decided by the five-and-twenty barons of whom mention is made below in the clause for securing the peace.[1016] Moreover, for all those possessions, from which any one has, without the lawful judgment of his peers, been disseised or removed, by our father, King Henry, or by our brother, King Richard, and which we retain in our hand (or which are possessed by others, to whom we are bound to warrant them) we shall have respite until the usual term of crusaders; excepting those things about which a plea has been raised, or an inquest made by our order, before our taking of the cross; but as soon as we return from our expedition (or if perchance we desist from the expedition) we will immediately grant full justice therein.

-----

Footnote 1015:

The elongatus of the Charter replaces the prolongatus of the Articles of the Barons.

Footnote 1016:

That is, in the so-called “executive clause” the “forma securitatis ad observandum pacem” of the Articles, which became chapter 61 of the Charter (q.v.).

-----

The Charter here reverts to a topic of vital interest to the barons, the subject of illegal disseisins already raised in chapter 39, which is here supplemented. Legal remedy is provided for everyone dispossessed by the Crown “sine legali judicio parium suorum.” A distinction is drawn, however, between two classes of wrongs, according as they have been inflicted by John himself, where summary methods are to rule, or by his predecessors, where less precipitate procedure must take its course.

The Articles of the Barons had recognized the same distinction, while providing somewhat different treatment. Those disseised by Henry or Richard were to get redress "according to the judgment of their peers in the king’s court"; those disseised by John, “according to the judgment of the twenty-five barons,” that is, of the executors, to be afterwards more fully discussed. Both cases, however, were in the Articles qualified by a stipulation which calls for comment. John had taken the crusader’s vow a few months previous, and now claimed the usual three years’ “respite” allowed to those preparing for the holy war, from all legal proceedings against them. The barons, viewing John’s vow as a deliberate and notorious perjury, rejected his claim. The point was referred by the Articles of the Barons to arbitration. The prelates, whose judicium on this point was declared to be final (“appellatione remota”), and who were bound to give an early decision (“ad certum diem”), might not unreasonably have been suspected of partiality, since “taking the cross” was not a step to be belittled by churchmen. Yet they seem to have acted in a spirit of not unfair compromise, if the clause as it finally appeared in John’s Magna Carta may be taken as giving the substance of their award.

The crusader’s privilege was not allowed by Langton and his fellow-arbitrators in cases where John himself had been the disseisor; the twenty-five executors might there decide forthwith. Respite was allowed, however, in respect of the disseisins of Henry and of Richard (except where legal proceedings were already pending).[1017] The Charter says nothing of the procedure to be adopted at the close of the three years; but there was probably no intention to depart from the terms of the Articles in this respect, namely, "judgment of peers in the king’s court."

-----

Footnote 1017:

This “benefit of a crusader” was extended to John in three other sets of complaints, specified in c. 53 (q.v.).

-----

John had good reason to consider as unfair the mode here appointed for deciding disputes as to disseisins effected by him. Many delicate points would thus be referred to the summary decision of a baronial committee, sure to be composed of his most bitter enemies—the very men, perhaps, whom he had dispossessed. If the “judgment of the twenty-five” meant for the barons “the judgment of peers,” it meant for the king the judgment of inferiors and enemies.[1018]

-----

Footnote 1018:

This chapter embraced not merely estates still retained in John’s possession, but also those granted out anew, the titles of which had been guaranteed by the Crown. If the former owner recovered these, the Crown was legally bound by feudal law to make good the loss inflicted on the present holder by his eviction. The case of Welshmen is specially treated in c. 56 (q.v.).

-----

CHAPTER FIFTY-THREE.

Eundem autem respectum habebimus, et eodem modo, de justicia exhibenda de forestis deafforestandis vel remansuris forestis, quas Henricus pater noster vel Ricardus frater noster afforestaverunt, et de custodiis terrarum que sunt de alieno feodo, cujusmodi custodias hucusque habuimus occasione feodi quod aliquis de nobis tenuit per servicium militare, et de abbaciis que fundate fuerint in feodo alterius quam nostro, in quibus dominus feodi dixerit se jus habere; et cum redierimus, vel si remanserimus a peregrinacione nostra, super hiis conquerentibus plenam justiciam statim exhibebimus.[1019]

We shall have, moreover, the same respite and in the same manner in rendering justice concerning the disafforestation or retention of those forests which Henry our father and Richard our brother afforested, and concerning the wardship of lands which are of the fief of another (namely, such wardships as we have hitherto had by reason of a fief which anyone held of us by knight’s service), and concerning abbeys founded on other fiefs than our own, in which the lord of the fee claims to have right; and when we have returned, or if we desist from our expedition, we will immediately grant full justice to all who complain of such things.

-----

Footnote 1019:

The words, “et eodem modo, de justicia exhibenda,” and “vel remansuris forestis” are written at the foot of both the Cottonian versions. Cf. supra, 195, n. They make clear, rather than add to, the meaning of the rest.

-----

This chapter makes an advance upon the Articles of the Barons, extending to three kinds of abuses, not specially mentioned there, the respite provided in chapter 52 for redressing acts of illegal disseisin. The “close time” secured to John in virtue of his crusader’s vow is to cover (a) inquiries into the proper boundaries of forests said to have been extended by his father or by his brother; (b) wardships over the lands of under-tenants usurped by him by reason of his illegal extension of prerogative wardship, and (c) abbeys founded by mesne lords and seized by John during vacancies in violation of the rights of wardship of such founders.[1020]

-----

Footnote 1020:

It thus supplements three previous chapters (a) c. 47; (b) c. 37; and (c) c. 46 respectively.

-----

CHAPTER FIFTY-FOUR.

Nullus capiatur nec imprisonetur propter appellum femine de morte alterius quam viri sui.

No one shall be arrested or imprisoned upon the appeal of a woman, for the death of any other than her husband.

The object of this chapter was to find a remedy for what the barons evidently considered an unfair advantage enjoyed by women appellants, who were allowed to appoint some champion to act for them in the duellum, while the accused man had to fight for himself. The connection between appeal and battle, and the distinction between battle following on appeal and battle on a writ of right, have already been explained.[1021] In civil pleas wherein combat was legally competent, neither party could fight in person: champions were insisted on, although hired champions were condemned. In theory, these men were witnesses, each swearing that he had actually seen the seisin—that is, had been present at the infeftment of the claimant whose title he supported, or at that of his ancestor from whom he inherited the land.[1022] In criminal pleas, on the other hand, the parties must fight in their own persons. This distinction is not so illogical as it seems at first sight, for the appellant was supposed to be an eye-witness of the crime[1023]; and the apparent anomaly disappears when both rules of procedure are treated as deductions from the principle that the combatants in all cases were witnesses whose conflicting testimonies must be weighed in the balance of battle, with an overruling Providence holding the scales.

-----

Footnote 1021:

Cf. supra, c. 36.

Footnote 1022:

Bracton, folio 151 b., cites the case of a champion sentenced to mutilation of a foot because he confessed that he was paid to appear, and was not really a witness. The Statute of Westminster, I. (3 Edward I. c. 41), enacted that champions need not swear to the personal knowledge of what they maintained. See also Neilson, Trial by Combat, 48–51.

-----

Footnote 1023:

The appellant “in all cases except murder, that is, secret homicide, made oath as a witness that he had seen and heard the deed.” Neilson, Trial by Combat, 48.

-----

-----

In a case of murder, no private accuser would be heard unless he alleged that he had seen the accused actually do the deed. The stringency of this rule was, however, modified by legal fictions. The near relation, or the feudal lord, of the slain man was treated as constructively present at his slaying, because of the closeness of the bond of blood or of homage between the two. This, at least, is the most plausible interpretation of Glanvill’s words: “No one is admissible to prove the accusation unless he be allied in blood to the deceased or be connected with him by the tie of homage or lordship, so that he can speak of the death upon testimony of his own sight.”[1024]

-----

Footnote 1024:

Glanvill, XIV. c. 3.

-----

The rule also which required an appellant to offer proof by his own body was relaxed in certain cases; women, men over sixty years of age, and those with broken bones or who had lost a limb, an ear, a nose, or an eye, were unable to fight effectively, and might therefore appear by proxy.[1025] The privilege thus accorded to women was looked on with much disfavour as conferring an unfair advantage as against appellees who were not allowed to produce a substitute. Accordingly an option was given the man accused by a woman; he might, in Glanvill’s words, elect either "to abide by the woman’s proof or to purge himself by the ordeal."[1026] This option was freely used; an appellee in 1201 was allowed to go to the ordeal of water,[1027] while two years later when the widow of a murdered man offered to prove her accusation “as the court shall consider,” the accused was allowed to go to the ordeal, “for he has elected to bear the iron.”[1028] After the virtual abolition of ordeal in 1215, appeals by women were usually determined per patriam (that is by the sworn verdict of a jury of neighbours). Such is the doctrine of Bracton,[1029] whose authority is amply borne out by recorded cases. Thus in 1221, a man accused by a woman of her husband’s murder offered fifteen marks for a verdict of the jurors.[1030]

-----

Footnote 1025:

See Bracton, II. ff. 142 b, 145 b; also Neilson, Trial by Combat 47, and authorities there cited.

Footnote 1026:

Glanvill, XIV. c. 3.

Footnote 1027:

Sel. Pleas of the Crown, No. 1.

Footnote 1028:

Ibid., No. 68. Cf. No. 119.

Footnote 1029:

Bracton, folio 142 b.

Footnote 1030:

Select Pleas of the Crown, No. 130.

-----

A woman’s right of accusation (even when thus safeguarded from abuse) was restricted to two occasions, the murder of her husband and the rape of her own person. Magna Carta mentions only one of these two grounds of appeal; but silence on the subject of assault need not be interpreted as indicating any intention to deprive women of their rights in such cases.[1031]

-----

Footnote 1031:

The Act 6 Richard II. c. 6, to prevent the wife’s connivance, extended the right of appeal in such cases to a woman’s husband, father, or other near relative; but denied the appellee’s right to the option of defending himself by battle—thus proving no exception to the policy of discouraging the duellum wherever possible.

-----

The present chapter of the Great Charter confines itself to appeals of murder, declaring that no woman has the right to institute proceedings in this way for the death of father, son, or friend, but only for that of her husband. Hard as this rule may seem, the barons here made no change on existing law. Glanvill does not seem to recognize the possibility of a woman’s appeal of homicide save for the death of her husband.[1032] He seems to deduce the reason for allowing it in that case from the principle already explained: "A woman is heard in this suit accusing anyone of her husband’s death, if she speak as being an eye-witness to the fact, because husband and wife are one flesh"—another example of constructive presence.[1033]

-----

Footnote 1032:

Glanvill, XIV. c. 3.

Footnote 1033:

Glanvill, XIV. c. 33, Fleta I. c. 3, seems by different words to indicate only the same doctrine of constructive presence, when he speaks in this connection “de morte viri sui inter brachia sua interfecti,” although laboured explanations of this passage are sometimes attempted, e.g. Coke, Second Institute, 93. Pollock and Maitland (I. 468, n.) dismiss the phrase inter brachia sua as "only a picturesque ‘common form.’"

-----

There seems to be no authority whatever for Coke’s hasty inference from the provisions of this chapter, that previous to 1215 a woman had an appeal for the death of any one of her “ancestors.”[1034] The chapter, in spite of its declaratory nature, seems an ungallant one, indicating that the barons were more careful to guard themselves against unnecessary risk than to champion the cause of defenceless women.[1035]

-----

Footnote 1034:

See Coke, Second Institute, p. 68, and contrast Pollock and Maitland, I. 468. John’s justices rejected in 1202 a woman’s claim to appeal for her father’s death, and some ten years later two other claims for the death of sons. See Select Pleas of the Crown, Nos. 32, 117, and 118.

Footnote 1035:

A peculiarity in the wording of this clause should, perhaps, be noticed. It restricts explicitly not appeals by women, but merely “arrest and imprisonment” following on such.

-----

CHAPTER FIFTY-FIVE.

Omnes fines qui injuste et contra legem terre facti sunt nobiscum, et omnia amerciamenta facta injuste et contra legem terre, omnino condonentur, vel fiat inde per judicium viginti quinque baronum de quibus fit mencio inferius in securitate pacis, vel per judicium majoris partis eorundem, una cum predicto Stephano Cantuariensi archiepiscopo, si interesse poterit, et aliis quos secum ad hoc vocare voluerit: et si interesse non poterit, nichilominus procedat negocium sine eo, ita quod, si aliquis vel aliqui de predictis viginti quinque baronibus fuerint in simili querela, amoveantur quantum ad hoc judicium, et alii loco eorum per residuos de eisdem viginti quinque, tantum ad hoc faciendum electi et jurati substituantur.

All fines made with us unjustly and against the law of the land, and all amercements imposed unjustly and against the law of the land, shall be entirely remitted, or else it shall be done concerning them according to the decision of the five-and-twenty barons of whom mention is made below in the clause for securing the peace, or according to the judgment of the majority of the same, along with the aforesaid Stephen, archbishop of Canterbury, if he can be present, and such others as he may wish to bring with him for this purpose, and if he cannot be present the business shall nevertheless proceed without him, provided always that if any one or more of the aforesaid five-and-twenty barons are in a similar suit, they shall be removed as far as concerns this particular judgment, others being substituted in their places after having been selected by the rest of the same five-and-twenty for this purpose only, and after having been sworn.

The thirty-seventh of the Articles of the Barons, forming the draft of this chapter, refers specially to one particular class of illegal fines, namely those exacted by John from defenceless widows in return for being allowed the peaceful enjoyment of their legal rights of property in their own and their husband’s estates (“pro dotibus, maritagiis, et hereditatibus”). It forms thus a natural supplement to chapter 7. The earlier chapter had confirmed widows in their rights for the future; this one remits fines unjustly taken in the past. It is probable that even the clause of the Articles of the Barons did not intend to limit its own operation to this one group of unjust fines; and it mentions amercements, without any qualification. In any view, the terms of Magna Carta were broadened out to embrace illegal fines and amercements of every sort.[1036]

-----

Footnote 1036:

In its expanded form the clause becomes a supplement, not merely to c. 7, but also to cc. 20, 21 and 22 (which defined procedure at amercements), and to cc. 36 and 40 (which condemned John’s practice of refusing writs and justice until heavy fines were offered for them).

-----

The distinction between fines and amercements, absolute in theory but tending to become obliterated in practice, has been explained in a former chapter.[1037] The system of arbitrary fines, always so galling a feature in the Crown’s policy throughout the Middle Ages, culminated in the reign of John, whose talents were well suited to the development of its ingenious and mean details. Dr. Stubbs describes the product of his labours as “the system of fines which was elaborated into that minute and grotesque instrument of torture which all the historians of the reign have dwelt on in great detail.”[1038] Hallam commented on this in a passage which has become classical. "The bishop of Winchester paid a ton of good wine for not reminding the king (John) to give a girdle to the countess of Albemarle; and Robert de Vaux five best palfreys, that the same king might hold his peace about Henry Pinel’s wife. Another paid four marks for leave to eat (pro licentia comedendi)."[1039]

-----

Footnote 1037:

See supra, c. 20.

Footnote 1038:

See Preface to W. Coventry, II. lxix.

Footnote 1039:

Middle Ages, II. 438. Hallam’s examples are all drawn from Madox, I. 507-9. Other illustrations of fines and amercements may be found under several of the foregoing chapters. Every man who began a plea and lost it, or abandoned it, was amerced.

-----

Unique procedure was provided by the present chapter for deciding disputes as to the legality of fines and amercements. Authority to decide was vested in a board of arbitrators to consist of thirteen or more of the twenty-five executors, together with Stephen Langton and such others as he chose to summon. No mention is made of the maximum number whom the primate might thus nominate, and there is no attempt to define their powers relative to those of the other members of the board, a somewhat unbusinesslike omission, but one which testifies to the great confidence placed in Langton by those who approved its terms. Care is taken to prevent such members of the twenty-five as were likely to be biased from sitting in judgments on suits like their own—a stipulation which might with advantage have been extended to several other chapters.

This chapter, like others addressed to the special circumstances of John’s reign, found no echo in future charters.

CHAPTER FIFTY-SIX.

Si nos disseisivimus vel elongavimus Walenses de terris vel libertatibus vel rebus aliis, sine legali judicio parium suorum, in Anglia vel in Wallia,[1040] eis statim reddantur; et si contencio super hoc orta fuerit, tunc inde fiat in marchia per judicium parium suorum, de tenementis Anglie secundum legem Anglie, de tenementis Wallie secundum legem Wallie, de tenementis marchie secundum legem marchie. Idem facient Walenses nobis et nostris.

-----

Footnote 1040:

The words “in Anglia vel in Wallia” are written at the foot of one of the Cottonian versions, (cf. supra, 195, n.); but their omission from their proper place is clearly a clerical error, since they appear in situ in the Articles of the Barons.

-----

If we have disseised or removed Welshmen from lands or liberties, or other things, without the legal judgment of their peers in England or in Wales, they shall be immediately restored to them; and if a dispute arise over this, then let it be decided in the marches by the judgment of their peers; for tenements in England according to the law of England, for tenements in Wales according to the law of Wales, and for tenements in the marches according to the law of the marches. Welshmen shall do the same to us and ours.

This is the first of three chapters directed towards redressing wrongs suffered by Welshmen: and the three taken together testify to the importance attached by the barons to the value of the Welsh alliance. Restoration is to be made (a) of illegal disseisins effected by John (chapter 56); (b) of those effected by Henry II. and Richard I. (chapter 57); and (c) of hostages and charters delivered to John as pledges of peace (chapter 58).

The present chapter does for Welshmen what the first part of chapter 52 had already done for Englishmen. The reasons for treating Welshmen separately were probably twofold, partly for the sake of emphasis, and partly because some slight differences of detail were required. “Judgment of peers,” indeed, was applied to both cases, but for the dispossessed Welshmen, “in marchia per judicium parium suorum” takes the place of the “per judicium viginti quinque baronum” provided for Englishmen in like case. The “venue” was thus apparently fixed in the marchland for all Welshmen’s cases, although three different kinds of law were to be applied according to the situation of the property in dispute. This clear indication of the existence of three distinct bodies of law, one for England, another for Wales, and a third for the marches, shows that the unifying task of the common law had not yet been completed. Interesting questions of a nature analogous to those treated by the branch of modern jurisprudence known as International Private Law must constantly have arisen. The “peers” of a Welshman were not defined; but a court composed of Welsh barons or freeholders was probably meant.

The final words of the chapter, declaring that Welshmen were to afford reciprocal redress to John and his subjects, are interesting, since they imply that Welshmen had, in some cases, successfully seized lands claimed by Englishmen. Here, as usual, the barons were mainly interested in securing their own rights.

CHAPTER FIFTY-SEVEN.

De omnibus autem illis de quibus aliquis Walensium disseisitus fuerit vel elongatus sine legali judicio parium suorum per Henricum regem patrem nostrum vel Ricardum regem fratrem nostrum, que nos in manu nostra habemus, vel que alii tenent que nos oporteat warantizare, respectum habebimus usque ad communem terminum crucesignatorum, illis exceptis de quibus placitum motum fuit vel inquisicio facta per preceptum nostrum ante suscepcionem crucis nostre: cum autem redierimus, vel si forte remanserimus a peregrinacione nostra, statim eis inde plenam justiciam exhibebimus, secundum leges Walensium et partes predictas.

Further, for all those possessions from which any Welshman has, without the lawful judgment of his peers, been disseised or removed by King Henry our father, or King Richard our brother, and which we retain in our hand (or which are possessed by others, to whom we are bound to warrant them) we shall have respite until the usual term of crusaders; excepting those things about which a plea has been raised or an inquest made by our order before we took the cross; but as soon as we return, (or if perchance we desist from our expedition), we will immediately grant full justice in accordance with the laws of the Welsh and in relation to the foresaid regions.

The provisions here made for restoring to Welshmen estates of which they had been unjustly dispossessed by Henry or Richard are expressed in terms identical with the similar provisions made in the latter part of chapter 52 for Englishmen in like case, except for the last words, “in accordance with the laws of the Welsh in relation to the aforesaid districts,” indicating the three systems of law referred to in the previous chapter. No machinery is here specified for declaring or applying that law; the need for this indeed had been rendered remote by John’s success before the arbitrators who determined that a crusader’s privilege should be accorded him.[1041]

-----

Footnote 1041:

See supra, c. 52.

-----

The Articles of the Barons had, however, mentioned the procedure to be adopted; and a comparison of the terms of articles 25 and 44 with those of chapter 57 of the Charter suggests the antithesis between “per judicium parium suorum in curia regis” for Englishmen in such cases, and “in marchia per judicium parium suorum” for Welshmen.

CHAPTER FIFTY-EIGHT.

Nos reddemus filium Lewelini statim, et omnes obsides de Wallia, et cartas que nobis liberate fuerunt in securitatem pacis.

We will immediately give up the son of Llywelyn and all the hostages of Wales, and the charters delivered to us as security for the peace.

The treatment of hostages in general and Welsh hostages in particular has already been fully illustrated.[1042] The patent and close rolls of the reign show a constant coming and going of these living pledges of the peace. A writ of 18th December, 1214, for example, bade Engelard de Cygony restore three Welsh nobles to Llywelyn.[1043] Since then, new hostages, including Llywelyn’s own son, had been handed over; and charters also had apparently been pledged. John now promised unconditionally to restore all of these; and the Welsh Prince must have breathed more freely when this was fulfilled, allowing him, his son by his side, with a light heart to prepare for the hostilities against the English Crown, long seen to be inevitable and now to be resumed in alliance with the disaffected English barons.

-----

Footnote 1042:

See supra, p. 517.

Footnote 1043:

See supra, p. 520.

-----

The Articles of the Barons had to some extent treated this question of the Welsh hostages and charters as an open one, referring its final determination to the arbitration of Stephen Langton and such others as he might nominate to act with him. The point had apparently been decided in favour of the Welsh before the Charter was engrossed in its final form.[1044]

-----

Footnote 1044:

No. 45 of the Articles of the Barons is connected by a rude bracket with No. 46 (relating to the king of Scotland); and a saving clause, thus made applicable to both, is added with some appearance of haste: “nisi aliter esse debeat per cartas quas rex habet, per judicium archiepiscopi et aliorum quos secum vocare voluerit.” Cf. supra, 202. So far as related to Scotch affairs, the king’s caveat found its way, although in an altered form, into Magna Carta. See c.59.

-----

CHAPTER FIFTY-NINE.

Nos faciemus Alexandro regi Scottorum de sororibus suis, et obsidibus reddendis, et libertatibus suis, et jure suo, secundum formam in qua faciemus aliis baronibus nostris Anglie, nisi aliter esse debeat per cartas quas habemus de Willelmo patre ipsius, quondam rege Scottorum; et hoc erit per judicium parium suorum in curia nostra.

We will do toward Alexander, King of Scots, concerning the return of his sisters and his hostages, and concerning his franchises, and his right, in the same manner as we shall do towards our other barons of England, unless it ought to be otherwise according to the charters which we hold from William his father, formerly King of Scots; and this shall be according to the judgment of his peers in our court.

A heterogeneous body of forces was drawn into temporary union by common hatred of John. The barons welcomed allies whether from Wales or from Scotland; if the three preceding chapters were a bid for Llywelyn’s support, this one was dictated by a desire to conciliate Alexander. John was forced to promise to restore to the king of Scots his sisters and other hostages, together with his franchises and his “right.” This last word covered Alexander’s claim to independence and also whatever title he might prove good to various English fiefs which he claimed to hold under the English Crown.

Opinions have been, and still are, sharply divided as to whether, or in what degree, Scotland was subject to feudal overlordship. Of one fact there can be no doubt; David I. and his successors, kings of Scotland, had been wont to do fealty and homage to the kings of England; but this fact has received widely different interpretations. Such homage, it is argued, was performed in respect of certain English baronies which happened to belong by hereditary right to the kings of Scotland, namely, the earldom of Huntingdon, the isolated position of which enabled the English Crown without danger to admit the claim, and the counties of Northumberland, Cumberland, and Westmoreland, the proximity of which to the border rendered their possession by a Scottish prince a source of weakness to England.[1045] The terms in which the oath of homage was taken did not indicate for what fiefs it was sworn—whether for the English earldoms alone, or for the whole country north of Tweed as well.

-----

Footnote 1045:

See Stubbs, Const. Hist., I. 596.

-----

The position of the kings of Scots remained ambiguous in this respect, until William the Lion was placed at a terrible disadvantage by his capture at Alnwick in 1174, after supporting the rebellion against Henry II. To gain his release he ratified the Treaty of Falaise on 8th December, of that year, by which he agreed in future to hold all his territories as fiefs of the English Crown. All his tenants in Scotland were to take a direct oath to Henry; while hostages were surrendered along with the castles of Berwick, Roxburgh, Jedburgh, Edinburgh, and Stirling.[1046]

-----

Footnote 1046:

See Ramsay, Angevin Empire, 183–4. In the spring of 1185, Henry confirmed William’s claim to the Earldom of Huntingdon, and the Scots king, prior to Christmas, 1186, transferred it to his brother David. Ibid., 226, n.

-----

This notable achievement of Henry’s diplomacy was, like other portions of his life’s work, undone by his successor. Richard, preparing for his crusade of 1190, sold recklessly every right that would fetch a price: William bought back the independence of his ancient kingdom; but this restoration of the relations that had prevailed previous to 1174, involved a restoration of all the old ambiguities. When Richard died, William despatched ambassadors to England, pressing his claims upon the northern counties, promising to support John’s title in return for their admission, and adding threats.[1047]

-----

Footnote 1047:

See Miss Norgate, John Lackland, 66.

-----

John avoided committing himself to a definite answer until his position in England was assured; thereafter he commanded William to do homage unconditionally. The Scots king disregarded the first summons, but yielded to a second, taking the oath in public on the summit of the hill of Lincoln, on 21st November, 1200, “reserving always his own right.”[1048] The saving clause left everything vague as before.

-----

Footnote 1048:

See Stubbs, Const. Hist., I. 596, n., and Norgate, John Lackland, 73, 78. Cf. the words “salvo jure suo” with the “et jure suo” of Magna Carta.

-----

In April, 1209, the king of Scots incurred John’s displeasure by sheltering bishops who had supported the policy of Rome in the matter of the interdict. William’s only son, Alexander, was demanded as a hostage, or alternatively three border castles must be delivered up. After a refusal, the old king gave in on 7th August, 1209.[1049] Alexander did homage on behalf of his father “for the aforesaid castles and other lands which he held,” and found sureties for the payment of 15,000 marks. William’s daughters, Margaret and Isabel (the two ladies referred to in Magna Carta) became the wards of John, who had the right to bestow them in marriage—stipulations which come suspiciously near an admission of feudal vassalage.[1050] There seems, however, to have been some understanding that one of them should wed John’s eldest son.[1051] Margaret and Isabel, though kept virtually as prisoners in Corfe Castle, Dorset, were yet honourably and kindly treated there. The Close Rolls of the reign contain several entries (which read strangely enough among the sterner memorials of John’s diplomacy) containing orders for supplying them with articles of comfort and luxury. Thus on 6th July, 1213, John, busy as he must have been with affairs of state, instructed the Mayor of Winchester to despatch in haste for the use of his niece Eleanor and of the two Scots princesses robes of dark green (tunics and super-tunics) with capes of cambric and fur of miniver, together with twenty-three yards of good linen cloth, with light shoes for summer wear, “and the Mayor is to come himself with all the above articles to Corfe, there to receive the money for the cost of the same.”[1052] Margaret and Isabel had no reason to complain of such treatment, whatever thoughts the Mayor of Winchester may have had of so liberal an interpretation of his civic duties.

-----

Footnote 1049:

New Rymer, I. 103, where “Northampton” is apparently a mistake for “Norham.” See Ramsay, Angevin Empire, 421, n.

Footnote 1050:

Ramsay, Ibid., and authorities there cited.

Footnote 1051:

Ramsay, Angevin Empire, 421, and authorities.

Footnote 1052:

Rot. Claus., I. 144, and I. 157. This Eleanor was the sister of Prince Arthur. The fortunes of war had in 1202 placed both of them in John’s hands. Arthur disappeared—murdered it was supposed; Eleanor remained a prisoner for life; the Scots princesses were virtually her fellow-prisoners for a time in Corfe Castle.

-----

Meanwhile, events in Scotland had favoured English pretensions. In the year 1212, William, now in advanced age, although his son was still a stripling, was compelled by internal troubles to appeal for aid to John. Cuthred, a claimant for the Scottish throne as a descendant of Donald Bane MacWilliam, having acquired a considerable following in Scotland, endeavoured to dethrone King William; and his attempt seemed likely to succeed, when English succour was asked and paid for by a Treaty signed at Norham on 7th February, 1212. By this, William granted to John the right to marry the young Alexander, then fourteen years of age, “sicut hominem suum ligium,” to whomsoever he would, at any time within the next six years, but always "without disparagement"—a phrase already explained.[1053] William further pledged himself and his son to keep faith and allegiance to John’s son, Henry, “as their liege lord” against all mortals.[1054] The young Scottish prince thereafter journeyed southwards in the train of John, by whom he was knighted on the 4th of March at London. In June an English army entered Scotland; the pretender was defeated and killed. William had saved his Crown, but his independence was impaired. Scotland was gradually sinking into the position of a vassal state. This was recognized at Rome. On 28th October, 1213, Innocent III., among other healing measures consequent on John’s surrender of his kingdom, ordered the king of Scotland and his son to show fealty and devotion to John, in terms similar to those addressed to the English barons.[1055]

William the Lion died at Stirling on 4th December, 1214, and Alexander was crowned at Scone two days later,[1056] his peaceful succession being facilitated by the knowledge that he had the support of John. On 28th April, 1215, the English king, already deep in his quarrel with the barons, acknowledged receipt of Thomas Colville and other Scotsmen as hostages.[1057] Such was the position of affairs when John was brought to bay at Runnymede. The barons were willing to bid for the alliance of Alexander; yet it was unnecessary to bid high, since his unsatisfied claims on the northern counties predisposed him against the English king. The barons, therefore, did nothing calculated to endanger such hold as England had over the Scottish Crown. John promised to restore Alexander’s sisters and other hostages unconditionally, but used words which committed him on none of the disputed points.[1058] Franchises and “right” were to be restored only in so far as accorded with the terms of King William’s “charters” as interpreted by the judgment of the English barons in the court of the English king.[1059]

-----

Footnote 1053:

See supra, c. 6.

Footnote 1054:

New Rymer, I. 104. See also W. Coventry, II. 206.

Footnote 1055:

See New Rymer, I. 116.

Footnote 1056:

Ramsay, Angevin Empire, 477, n.

Footnote 1057:

See Rot. Pat., I. 134, and New Rymer, I. 120.

Footnote 1058:

Both ladies, however, remained prisoners after Henry III.’s accession. Peter de Maulay, constable of Corfe Castle, was, in that king’s fifth year, credited with sums expended on their behalf. Rot. Claus., I. 466; see also I. 483. Both found permanent homes in England—Margaret as wife of Hubert de Burgh, Earl of Kent (mentioned in preamble of Magna Carta); Isabel as wife of Roger Bigod, Earl of Norfolk (one of the Charter’s executors). See Ramsay, Angevin Empire, 421, and authorities there cited.

Footnote 1059:

This reference to charters was probably intended to cover (a) the Treaty of Falaise, (b) the agreement of 7th August, 1209, and (c) the writ of 7th February, 1212, with the other charters to which it refers. It called itself a charter, and suggested others by the words hinc et inde.

-----

The allusion to the Scottish king as one among “our other barons of England” need not be pressed against Alexander any more than similar expressions should be pressed against John, whose position as Duke of Normandy and Aquitaine in no way made England a fief of the French Crown. In questions affecting his feudal position in France, John’s peers were the dukes and counts of that country; and similarly those who had a right to sit in judgment as Alexander’s peers over his claims to English fiefs were the English earls and barons. Such a tribunal was not likely to give decisions favourable to Scots pretensions at the expense of England.[1060]

Alexander, though no party to the treaty at Runnymede, was willing to extract such benefit from it as he could. Accordingly, on 7th July, 1215, he despatched the Archbishop of St. Andrews and five laymen to John “concerning our business which we have against you to be transacted in your court.”[1061] Nothing came of this; and when the civil war began Alexander invaded England in order to push his claims. John swore his usual oath, "by God’s teeth," that he would “chase the little red-haired fox-cub from his hiding holes.”[1062] Neither Alexander’s participation in the war nor the subsequent efforts of diplomacy achieved settlement of the questions in dispute. None of the latent ambiguities had been finally removed when the relations between the two countries entered on a new phase as a consequence of the attempts at annexation made by Edward I., “the hammer of the Scots.”

-----

Footnote 1060:

No. 46 of the Articles of the Barons (as qualified by the clause in the bracket) referred the question of Alexander’s “right” in reference to his father’s charters to the judgment of Langton and his nominees, for which Magna Carta substituted “judgment of his peers in our court.”

Footnote 1061:

New Rymer, I. 135.

Footnote 1062:

Matthew Paris, Chron. Maj., II. 642: “Sic fugabimus rubeam vulpeculam de latibulis suis.”

-----

CHAPTER SIXTY.

Omnes autem istas consuetudines predictas et libertates quas nos concessimus in regno nostro tenendas quantum ad nos pertinet erga nostros, omnes de regno nostro, tam clerici quam laici, observent quantum ad se pertinet erga suos.

Moreover, all the aforesaid customs and liberties, the observance of which we have granted in our kingdom as far as pertains to us towards our men, shall be observed by all of our kingdom, as well clergy as laymen, as far as pertains to them towards their men.

It would have been as impolitic as it was obviously unfair for the barons, in their capacity of mesne lords, to inflict upon their own tenants—the men without whose support they would have been powerless at Runnymede—those very exactions which they compelled the king to abjure as against themselves. Accordingly, the benefit of the same “customs and liberties” conceded by John to his feudal tenants was—in a somewhat perfunctory manner it is true—extended also to the feudal tenants of all other magnates, whether cleric or lay. Although the reference to “customs and liberties” was quite general in its terms, it seems natural to infer that feudal grievances were chiefly, if not exclusively, intended, since the view of society indicated is feudal rather than national, and this is quite in keeping with many other clauses of the Charter.

These considerations suggest that too wide and liberal a view has sometimes been taken of the scope of this chapter. Coke treated it as affecting not merely freeholders, but the whole mass of the people, and as enunciating a doctrine of mutual responsibility between the king and his subjects. “This is the chief felicity of a kingdom, when good laws are reciprocally of prince and people (as is here undertaken) duly observed.”[1063] In this view he has had many followers, and the present chapter has received undue emphasis as supporting a democratic interpretation of Magna Carta.[1064] It has sometimes been referred to as “the only clause which affects the whole body of the people.”[1065] The better view is that its provisions were confined to freeholders.

-----

Footnote 1063:

Second Institute, 77.

Footnote 1064:

Cf. supra, 133–4.

Footnote 1065:

Thomson, Magna Charta, 269, and authorities there cited.

-----

Even authors who interpret the chapter in this restricted application are still prone to exaggerate its importance. Two opposite lines of comment, in favour respectively with historians of two different schools, seem equally in need of supplement. (1) This clause is sometimes regarded as springing directly from the barons’ own uncontrolled initiative. Dr. Stubbs takes this view, contrasting its substance with similar restraints imposed by Henry I. on the barons by his Charter of Liberties, and emphasizing as specially notable the fact that the present clause was “adopted by the lords themselves.”[1066] Such praise is unmerited; the barons had no option, since the omission of provisions to this effect would have been a glaring absurdity and a most imprudent act. (2) On the other hand, credit for the clause, equally unwarranted, has been sometimes bestowed on John. Dr. Robert Henry says that “this article, which was highly reasonable, was probably inserted at the desire of the king.”[1067]

-----

Footnote 1066:

Const. Hist., I. 570. Cf. supra, 139–140.

Footnote 1067:

History of Great Britain, VI. 74. (6th edition, 1823). See also S. Henshall, History of South Britain, cited by Thomson, Magna Charta, 268-9.

-----

The substance of this chapter appears in the reissues of 1217 and 1225; but its force is there greatly impaired by the addition of a new clause inconsistent with its spirit, reserving to archbishops, bishops, abbots, priors, templars, hospitallers, earls, barons, and all other persons as well ecclesiastical as secular, all the franchises and free customs they previously had.[1068] The chief object of this was presumably to make it clear that Magna Carta, while conferring benefits, took nothing away; but it would naturally be interpreted as a saving clause in favour of aristocrats in their relations with their dependants (“erga suos”) as well as with the Crown, thus modifying the clause which immediately preceded it.

-----

Footnote 1068:

See c. 46 of 1217.

Footnote 1069:

The words “in perpetuum” are written at the foot of one of the Cottonian versions. See supra, 195, n.

-----

CHAPTER SIXTY-ONE.

Cum autem pro Deo, et ad emendacionem regni nostri, et ad melius sopiendam discordiam inter nos et barones nostros ortam, hec omnia predicta concesserimus, volentes ea integra et firma stabilitate in perpetuum[1069] gaudere, facimus et concedimus eis securitatem subscriptam; videlicet quod barones eligant viginti quinque barones de regno quos voluerint, qui debeant pro totis viribus suis observare, tenere, et facere observari, pacem et libertates quas eis concessimus, et hac presenti carta nostra confirmavimus, ita scilicet quod, si nos, vel justiciarius noster, vel ballivi nostri, vel aliquis de ministris nostris, in aliquo erga aliquem deliquerimus, vel aliquem articulorum pacis aut securitatis transgressi fuerimus, et delictum ostensum fuerit quatuor baronibus de predictis viginti quinque baronibus, illi quatuor barones accedant ad nos vel ad justiciarum nostrum, si fuerimus extra regnum, proponentes nobis excessum, petent ut excessum illum sine dilacione faciamus emendari. Et si nos excessum non emendaverimus, vel, si fuerimus extra regnum justiciarius noster non emendaverit, infra tempus quadraginta dierum computandum a tempore quo monstratum fuerit nobis vel justiciario nostro si extra regnum fuerimus, predicti quatuor barones referant causam illam ad residuos de viginti quinque baronibus, et illi viginti quinque barones cum communa tocius terre distringent et gravabunt nos modis omnibus quibus poterunt, scilicet per capcionem castrorum, terrarum, possessionum, et aliis modis quibus poterunt, donec fuerit emendatum secundum arbitrium eorum, salva persona nostra et regine nostre et liberorum nostrorum; et cum fuerit emendatum intendent nobis sicut prius fecerunt. Et quicumque voluerit de terra juret quod ad predicta omnia exequenda parebit mandatis predictorum viginti quinque baronum, et quod gravabit nos pro posse suo cum ipsis, et nos publice et libere damus licenciam jurandi cuilibet qui jurare voluerit, et nulli umquam jurare prohibebimus. Omnes autem illos de terra qui per se et sponte sua noluerint jurare viginti quinque baronibus, de distringendo et gravando nos cum eis, faciemus jurare eosdem de mandato nostro, sicut predictum est. Et si aliquis de viginti quinque baronibus decesserit, vel a terra recesserit, vel aliquo alio modo impeditus fuerit, quominus ista predicta possent exequi, qui residui fuerint de predictis viginti quinque baronibus eligant alium loco ipsius, pro arbitrio suo, qui simili modo erit juratus quo et ceteri. In omnibus autem que istis viginti quinque baronibus committuntur exequenda, si forte ipsi viginti quinque presentes fuerint, et inter se super re aliqua discordaverint, vel aliqui ex eis summoniti nolint vel nequeant interesse, ratum habeatur et firmum quod major pars eorum qui presentes fuerint providerit, vel preceperit, ac si omnes viginti quinque in hoc consensissent; et predicti viginti quinque jurent quod omnia antedicta fideliter observabunt, et pro toto posse suo facient observari. Et nos nichil impetrabimus ab aliquo, per nos nec per alium, per quod aliqua istarum concessionum et libertatum revocetur vel minuatur; et, si aliquid tale impetratum fuerit, irritum sit et inane et numquam eo utemur per nos nec per alium.

Since, moreover, for God and the amendment of our kingdom, and for the better allaying of the quarrel that has arisen between us and our barons, we have granted all these concessions, desirous that they should enjoy them in complete and firm endurance for ever, we give and grant to them the underwritten security, namely, that the barons choose five-and-twenty barons of the kingdom, whomsoever they will, who shall be bound with all their might, to observe and hold, and cause to be observed, the peace and liberties we have granted and confirmed to them by this our present Charter, so that if we, or our justiciar, or our bailiffs or any one of our officers, shall in anything be at fault toward anyone, or shall have broken any one of the articles of the peace or of this security, and the offence be notified to four barons of the foresaid five-and-twenty, the said four barons shall repair to us (or our justiciar, if we are out of the realm) and, laying the transgression before us, petition to have that transgression corrected without delay. And if we shall not have corrected the transgression (or, in the event of our being out of the realm, if our justiciar shall not have corrected it) within forty days, reckoning from the time it has been intimated to us (or to our justiciar, if we should be out of the realm), the four barons aforesaid shall refer that matter to the rest of the five-and-twenty barons, and those five-and-twenty barons shall, together with the community of the whole land, distrain and distress us in all possible ways, namely, by seizing our castles, lands, possessions, and in any other way they can, until redress has been obtained as they deem fit, saving harmless our own person, and the persons of our queen and children; and when redress has been obtained, they shall resume their old relations towards us. And let whoever in the country desires it, swear to obey the orders of the said five-and twenty barons for the execution of all the aforesaid matters, and along with them, to molest us to the utmost of his power; and we publicly and freely grant leave to every one who wishes to swear, and we shall never forbid anyone to swear. All those, moreover, in the land who of themselves and of their own accord are unwilling to swear to the twenty-five to help them in constraining and molesting us, we shall by our command compel the same to swear to the effect foresaid. And if any one of the five-and-twenty barons shall have died or departed from the land, or be incapacitated in any other manner which would prevent the foresaid provisions being carried out, those of the said twenty-five barons who are left shall choose another in his place according to their own judgment, and he shall be sworn in the same way as the others. Further, in all matters the execution of which is entrusted to these twenty-five barons, if perchance these twenty-five are present and disagree about anything, or if some of them, after being summoned, are unwilling or unable to be present, that which the majority of those present ordain or command shall be held as fixed and established, exactly as if the whole twenty-five had concurred in this; and the said twenty-five shall swear that they will faithfully observe all that is aforesaid, and cause it to be observed with all their might. And we shall procure nothing from anyone, directly or indirectly, whereby any part of these concessions and liberties might be revoked or diminished; and if any such thing has been procured, let it be void and null, and we shall never use it personally or by another.

This important chapter stands by itself, providing machinery for enforcing all that precedes it. It thus forms what modern jurisprudence would describe as the “sanction” of the whole, but what was known in the current phrase of its own day as “the form of security” (forma securitatis ad observandum pacem et libertates).[1070] It contains the only executive clause of the Charter, the sole constitutional machinery provided for enforcing the rights now defined on parchment, the sole protection against future attempts of the king to render them of no effect.

-----

Footnote 1070:

This phrase occurs in the 49th (and last) of the Articles of the Barons as the title of a clause which is separated from the others by a blank on the parchment of the width of several lines of writing: “Haec est forma securitatis,” etc. The words are not used as a heading in the present chapter itself, but c. 52 refers to c. 61 as the clause “in securitate pacis,” and c. 62 refers to the same as “super securitate ista.”

-----

I. The Nature of the “Security” or legal Sanction. The procedure devised for enforcing the Charter was exceedingly crude: John conferred upon twenty-five of his most bitter enemies a legal right to organize rebellion, whenever in their opinion he had broken one of the provisions of Magna Carta. Violence might be legally used against him, until he redressed their alleged grievances “to their own satisfaction” (secundum arbitrium eorum). If it had been possible to put so violent an expedient in practice, the “sovereignty,” or supreme power in England, would have been split into two for practical purposes. While the old monarchy remained theoretically intact, John would have held the sceptre, still nominally his, only until his opponents declared that he had broken some part of the Charter, when, by his own previously-granted mandate, it would pass, along with wide powers of coercion, to the twenty-five barons forming what is sometimes described as a Committee of Executors, but which was rather a Committee of Rebellion.[1071] Instead of using, as was afterwards done with steadily increasing success, the king’s own administrative machinery and his own servants to restrain his own misdeeds, the barons preferred to set up a rival executive of their own, with wide but ill-defined powers, and connected with the older executive by no constitutional bonds. So long as a single alleged grievance remained unredressed, a new administration composed of John’s political antagonists existed in an attitude of, at best, armed neutrality, side by side with King John as the representative of the older system of monarchic administration.

Footnote 1071:

Cf. S. R. Gardiner, Short History of England, 183: “a permanent organization for making war against the king.”

-----

The procedure for redressing grievances was described in some detail; the wronged party must make known his case to four barons of the twenty-five, and these would then personally make it known to the king, and ask redress. John was allowed time to effect this, but if he refused or delayed, then compulsion might be used. The Articles of the Barons had left the maximum term of delay unspecified, merely saying “within a reasonable time to be determined in the Charter.” The Charter did determine this, naming forty days. Compulsion might take any form (for example seizure of castles, lands, and personal estate), except violence against the person of the king, or against his wife or children. The present chapter, then, contained the only legal sanction mentioned in the Charter, and this may be briefly summarized as the delegation by John to a revolutionary committee of the baronial opposition, of wide powers of coercion to be used against him.

II. Minor Details of the Scheme. Although the whole expedient seems utterly chimerical to the modern mind, the opposition leaders in 1215 evidently thought they had devised a practicable scheme of government. This is shown by the care with which they elaborated the procedure to be adopted at different stages and in various contingencies.

(1) Appointment of the twenty-five executors. The members of the committee were to be, in the first instance, “elected” (a loose word already discussed) by the “barons.” The majores barones of chapter 14 would undoubtedly have the controlling voice; but the minores barones might possibly have taken some share in the appointment. Vacancies which occurred through death, absence from England, or any other cause, were to be filled by the method now known as “co-optation.” The committee, once appointed, would form a close corporation; no one uncongenial to the majority could gain admission—an arrangement with a thoroughly oligarchic flavour. The provision for supplying vacancies caused by death proves that the scheme was not to be temporary, but to last during John’s lifetime or longer. Twenty-five magnates seem to have been actually selected. The writs issued to the Sheriffs on 19th June command the enforcement of the oath to the twenty-five barons, but do not mention them by name. Matthew Paris supplies the omission, and though he does not disclose the source of his information, it is unlikely that so comprehensive a list could be entirely a work of the imagination.[1072] They occur in the following order, the earls of Hertford, Aumâle, Gloucester, Winchester, Hereford, Norfolk, and Oxford, William Marshall the younger, Robert fitz Walter the elder, Gilbert de Clare, Eustace de Vesci, Hugh Bigod, William of Mowbray, William Hardell (Mayor of London), William de Lanvalei, Robert de Ros, John de Lacy (Constable of Chester), Richard de Perci, John fitz Robert, William Mallet, Geoffrey de Say, Roger de Mumbezon, William of Huntingfield, Richard de Muntfitchet, and William of Albini.[1073] There are here no churchmen and no members of the moderate party whose names appear in the preamble. All except two, or at the most three, of the twenty-five were drawn from those factions of the baronage who were the declared enemies of John.[1074] It was an oligarchy of disaffected Crown tenants, whose baronial homogeneity was only broken by the presence of one representative of other classes, the Mayor of London. Such a committee was not likely to use the excessive powers delegated to it by John to further any other interests than its own. Even Stephen Langton and his fellow-prelates were soon to discover this, as the two protests issued by them clearly prove.

-----

Footnote 1072:

R. Wendover, from whom Paris borrows so freely, gives no list.

Footnote 1073:

The list is taken from Matthew Paris, Chron. Maj., II. 604-5, as corrected by Blackstone, Great Charter, p. xx., after collation with a marginal note on the Harleian MS. of the charter (cf. supra, 198, n). Paris gives “Boys” in place of “Ros,” and “Roger de Munbrai” in place of “Roger of Mumbezon.” This list should be contrasted with (a) that of the moderate party named in the preamble to Magna Carta, and (b) that of John’s foreign favourites named in c. 50. For biographical information, see Thomson, Magna Charta, 270–312.

Footnote 1074:

These three were Earl Aumâle (a title apparently sometimes exchanged for that of Earl of York, see Round, Geoffrey de Mandeville, 157, n.), William of Albini, and, possibly, Geoffrey de Say (see Stubbs, Const. Hist., I. 583).

-----

(2) A majority of those present to form a quorum. Driven by the necessities of the case, the barons devised, or stumbled upon, a peculiarly modern expedient. The presence of every member of the committee of twenty-five could not reasonably be expected upon every occasion, while absolute unanimity on questions of delicacy would be difficult to obtain. It was provided, accordingly, that the will of the majority of those present should prevail. It would be inaccurate to say, in modern phraseology, that thirteen formed a quorum, since the quorum varied with the number of those present. It is notable that no provision was made for summoning or constituting meetings of the committee endowed with these tremendous powers. Room was thus left for packed meetings of one faction being hurriedly convened and usurping the rights of the whole body. The precedent thus tentatively introduced for the right of a majority to act for the whole was followed only timidly and at long intervals. Still, its appearance in John’s Charter marks a stage in the advance of the valuable principle of modern politics which substitutes the “counting of heads for the breaking of them.”

(3) The sub-committee of four. Four of the twenty-five Executors were to act as a medium of intercourse between aggrieved individuals and the king, being charged with the duty of hearing complaints and laying them before John. Such a position would involve wide discretionary powers; for if the four barons refused to endorse the justice of the complaint, John also would be in safety to refuse.[1075]

-----

Footnote 1075:

An alternative explanation is also possible, namely, that the function of intermediary might be exercised by any four members of the twenty-five. In that view, an aggrieved individual might have pressure placed upon the king if he persuaded any four to act together in support of his claim. This would imply a second quorum, this time of four, for a special purpose, in addition to the quorum of varying numbers already discussed. In either view, the road to redress would be easier for the great man than for his obscure neighbour.

-----

(4) Local agents of the twenty-five executors. In each county the twelve knights, whose original function was to preside at inquiries into “evil customs,” came to act as the local representatives of the revolutionary committee, being associated with the sheriff in the discharge of all his duties and armed with power to constrain him to carry out the provisions of Magna Carta, very much as the twenty-five were authorized to constrain the king. In particular, these knights were charged with the enforcement of the oath of obedience to the revolutionary committee, and with the confiscation of the property of all who refused.[1076]

-----

Footnote 1076:

Cf. supra, c. 48.

-----

(5) The part to be played by the public. The king authorized his subjects to side with the executors and against him if he should violate the Charter, and to assist them in such acts of violence as the forcible seizure of his castles, lands, and personal estate; for his general mandate was granted to the twenty-five “cum communa totius terre,” while licence was “freely and publicly” bestowed on everyone so disposed to swear obedience to the Executors in all such acts, and to bring their weight to bear on the king to the best of their ability. Two aspects of this provision require special attention: (a) Its relation to allegiance and treason. It was intended to operate as a provisional release of John’s subjects from their oaths of fealty and homage, and consequently from the pains and penalties of the treason laws. John solemnly authorized his subjects, in certain circumstances, to transfer their allegiance from himself to the committee of his foes. If they refused, he promised to compel them; and on 27th June, 1215, writs were actually issued instructing the seizure of the lands and goods of all who would not swear to obey the twenty-five.[1077] (b) Communa totius terre. The “community of the whole land” was thus to afford active help in subjecting the king to the reign of law; and the phrase has been pressed into the service of democracy by enthusiasts who seek to magnify modern conceptions by finding their roots in the past. Few words of medieval Latin offer a more tempting field to enquirers than this communa, which, with its English and French equivalents, holds the key to many problems of constitutional origins. A group of interesting questions clusters round the three words “borough, guild, and commune,” and the appearance in Magna Carta of a body described as a “commune” (communa totius terre) in conjunction with an oath of obedience to a revolutionary committee suggests an interesting comparison with the form of civic constitution known in that age as “the sworn commune.”[1078] A second field of enquiry, equally alluring, is suggested by the fact that the lower chamber of the Mother of Parliaments, the English “House of Commons,” was originally composed of the representatives of the various communes or communities known as counties and boroughs respectively.

-----

Footnote 1077:

See Appendix.

Footnote 1078:

It was only fourteen years since London (in 1191), probably following the lead of Rouen, had extorted its “sworn commune” from Prince John as the price of its support (cf. supra, c. 13). It might be dangerous, however, to push so tempting an analogy too far.

-----

These wider questions are here referred to merely as illustrations of the difficulties that lurk in the word “commune,” and in the equally perplexing phrase “commune of the whole land.”[1079] The mere use of such a phrase cannot be accepted as a proof that the Charter rests on a broad popular basis.

-----

Footnote 1079:

Cf. supra, pp. 137-8.

-----

III. Criticism of the Scheme. The faults of the scheme, whether viewed from the side of theory or of practice, are obvious. It was a violent and unnatural measure, full of immediate dangers, and calculated to exercise a baneful influence on constitutional development in the future. The fact that Magna Carta provided no better sanction for its own enforcement than the right of legalized rebellion has already been discussed as its cardinal defect.[1080] Instead of preventing the king from inflicting wrongs, it merely provided forcible measures for the redress of those already committed, thus adding the crowning evil of civil war to those minor evils it sought to reform. That the whole scheme was foredoomed to failure constitutes perhaps its least conspicuous fault in the eyes of later history. It is instructive to note a few of its other defects in detail.

-----

Footnote 1080:

See supra, p. 150.

-----

(1) The scheme challenged hostility by its want of moderation. It aimed at reducing the Crown at one blow from the plenitude of irresponsible tyranny to a position of degrading impotence. On every vexed political question of the day, John’s authority would have been superseded by that of twenty-five of the most hostile faction of the baronage. If the king thought himself aggrieved in anything, he would require to plead his cause humbly before a tribunal in which his opponents sat as judges. The scheme was thus repugnant to the mass of loyal Englishmen, who cherished a respect for the time-honoured principle of monarchy. No king with a grain of self-respect would long submit tamely to a position so illogical and degrading—to remain a sovereign whose “sovereignty” existed merely on the sufferance of his enemies, a puppet-king whose subjects had the legal right to coerce him. The powers thus conferred on a baronial committee in 1215 were more sweeping than those conferred on a similar committee in 1258, and yet the Parliament which appointed the latter has been branded for all time as “the Mad Parliament,” because of the violence of its measures against the king.

(2) Rebellion, even where morally justified, is essentially and necessarily illegal; to attempt to map out for it a legitimate sphere of action is to attempt the logically impossible. The barons, in their dearth of political experience, and in the extremity of their need, had demanded and obtained something more dangerous than the amplest measure of constitutional authority. They had failed to rise to the true conception of a limited monarchy. Their scheme recognized a king still absolute in some matters, but in others powerless and abject. They set up side by side two rival Executives, each in different circumstances supreme. The relations of the two were far from accurately defined, even in theory, while collisions were certain to occur frequently in practice. The powers of the twenty-five, a body which received no proper organization, were those of aggression rather than of administration. Viewed in this light, the claims of the barons to constructive statesmanship rank extremely low.

(3) The powers of the Revolutionary Committee, excessive though ill-defined, backed by the sworn obedience of all classes of the nation, would tend completely to paralyze the king. The nominal sovereign, always nervous under this sword of Damocles, would lose all power of initiative, while the committee, so powerful to reduce him to impotence, would be powerless alike to goad him into action or to act in his stead. The Revolutionary Committee had been planned as a drag on a bad executive, not as a good executive to take its place.

(4) Even as a drag, however, the efficiency of the committee would have been completely neutralized in either of two contingencies: if the barons composing it disagreed among themselves, or, if the king refused to surrender, preferring the appeal to arms. The monarch had always the alternative of civil war, and the material and moral advantage of acting on the defensive lay with him; while the committee had to face the risks to which an attacking party is invariably exposed. Not a single step to restrain the king could legally be taken until he had precipitated matters by committing a clear act of aggression, and had thereafter received formal intimation followed by an interval of forty days, during which he might complete his preparation for war without fear of interruption.

(5) If the scheme of the barons seems ill-suited to meet the needs of the hour of its conception, it was fraught with even greater dangers to the future development of the English constitution. The problem it sought to solve was one of no transient or unimportant nature, since it was nothing less than the devising of legal machinery to prevent the king from abusing the powers entrusted to him. The barons sought the best method of turning royal promises of reform into laws which succeeding kings must obey. In attempting this, Magna Carta moved along lines which were radically wrong; which, if not departed from in time, would have rendered any enduring progress impossible. The statesmanship which, while leaving one king on the throne, subjected him to the dictation of “five-and-twenty over-kings” in regard to all vital questions of the day, was crude and ill-advised. It is true that the party of reform throughout the long reign of Henry III. clung to the same erroneous solution, although under various modifications on points of detail; but they met with no success. After half a century of unrest a settlement seemed as far distant as before. If the same policy had been persisted in during Edward’s reign the English constitution, as it became known to after ages, would never have been evolved. The dangers and defects of schemes like those of 1215 and of 1258 are most clearly seen in contrast with the more tactful efforts of Edward I. towards a true solution, along lines leading in due time to complete success.

The true policy for the barons was to use the king’s own administrative machinery and the king’s own servants to control the king himself. The principle was slowly established that the sovereign could perform no single act of prerogative except through the agency of the proper minister or group of ministers. Each function of government became associated with a specific office or organ of the royal household. The rights of the official head of each department became stereotyped, and his position obtained full legal acknowledgment, while very gradually the doctrine of ministerial responsibility grew up, compelling each officer of the Crown to obey not only the law of the land, but also the Commune Concilium, fast changing into the modern Parliament. The expedients of an earlier age disappeared as no longer required, when the king’s good faith was secured by means of the friendly control of his own ministers, not by the violent compulsion of his opponents. The credit of starting the constitution on its right line of development is in great measure due to Edward I.[1081]

-----

Footnote 1081:

Cf. supra, pp. 189-193 for a sketch of Edward’s policy.

-----

IV. Dr. Gneist’s Criticism. Dangerous and even absurd as this scheme appears, it has found its apologist. Dr. Gneist accuses English historians of making “very inappropriate comparisons” between this baronial committee and the continental expedients of the same period. While in most countries of Europe, each baron arrogated the right of private war against his sovereign in circumstances to be determined by his own individual judgment, Magna Carta conferred rights of rebellion only on the barons “in their collective capacity,” and “as represented by definite organs.”[1082] The substitution of collective repressive measures for the right of private feud undoubtedly marks an advance; but rebellion, even when organized, cannot be considered a satisfactory constitutional expedient. Dr. Gneist is scarcely more convincing when he argues that English historians and jurists have condemned too unreservedly a scheme which is “so far in harmony with the spirit of the feudal state of the Middle Ages as it was based upon a mutual relation of feudal protection and fealty, that is, upon compact.” “The concession by agreement,” he continues, “of the rights of distress was altogether so entirely consonant with the legal conceptions of the Middle Ages that in this way the committee of resistance loses a portion of its apparently revolutionary character.”[1083] That the Middle Ages approved of revolution does not, however, change it into constitutional action; while the fact that it was founded upon the feudal conception of mutual contract may explain it, but does not render it more worthy of admiration. The whole scheme was, of course, thoroughly in accord with the public opinion of the age, but that merely shows how wide is the gulf which separates medieval conceptions from modern ones, and how absurd it is to regard the Great Charter, as is sometimes done, as anticipating the fundamental principles of the English constitution of to-day.

-----

Footnote 1082:

Gneist, English Const., 251.

Footnote 1083:

Ibid.

-----

In spite of all apologies, the crudeness of the only sanction provided by Magna Carta for its own enforcement prevents it from ranking as a great monument of constructive statesmanship.

V. Failure of the Scheme. Almost before John’s Magna Carta, in its completed form, had been engrossed and sealed, the futility of its sanction was recognized. Each side grew suspicious and demanded new “sanctions,” new guarantees not contained in the Charter.

(1) Quis custodiet ipsos custodes? Magna Carta, assuming apparently that perfect trust could be placed in the rectitude and wisdom of the Revolutionary Committee, provided no machinery for controlling them, no guarantee that they would observe the Charter without misinterpreting its provisions to suit their own selfish interests. The futility of this complacency was soon manifest. One tyrant had brought distress on the whole nation; and now he was to be superseded by five-and-twenty. Who was to restrain the new tyrants? A second committee was nominated partly to assist and partly to control the twenty-five. Matthew Paris[1084] describes it as composed of thirty-eight “Obsecutores et Observatores,” including the Earl Marshal, Hubert de Burgh, the earls of Arundel and Warenne, and other prominent members of the moderate party, not unfriendly to the king. Dr. Stubbs dismisses their relations to the executors with the remark that they “swore to obey the orders of the twenty-five.”[1085] Miss Norgate takes what seems to be a better view, in emphasizing as the chief reason for their appointment the duty of compelling “both the king and the twenty-five to deal justly with one another.”[1086] The thirty-eight were required to constrain the twenty-five, as the twenty-five constrained the king.[1087]

-----

Footnote 1084:

Chron. Maj., II. 605-6.

Footnote 1085:

Const. Hist., I. 583, n.

Footnote 1086:

John Lackland, 236.

Footnote 1087:

One version of the narrative of Matthew Paris is much fuller than the other. The first MS. merely says, “Isti omnes juraverunt quod obsequerentur mandato viginti quinque baronum.” The second gives the important addition, “Omnes isti juraverunt cogere si opus esset ipsos xxv. barones ut rectificarent regem. Et etiam cogere ipsum si mutato animo forte recalcitraret,” II. 606, n.

-----

(2) Suspicions of the barons’ good faith. Whether the appointment of the committee of thirty-eight was due partly to John’s influence or was entirely the result of mutual jealousies in the ranks of those opposed to him, there is absolute evidence that the king was distrustful of the barons’ good faith, and desired on his part some “sanction” that they would not again renounce that allegiance, the renewal of which was the quid pro quo for which he had granted the Charter. Apparently the leading barons did renew their oath of fealty and homage on 19th June at Runnymede; but refused to grant a formal Charter to that effect, although they had promised to give any security John might require, except hostages or castles. The prelates when appealed to sided with the king; they executed a formal declaration or protest, recording the barons’ promise and subsequent refusal to give effect to it. There is no reason to doubt the testimony of the prelates; they had been present at all the negotiations, and it was by their mediation that the terms of peace embodied in Magna Carta had been settled. This was not the only matter on which the bishops found it necessary to intervene on the king’s behalf. The new baronial executive and the twelve knights who acted as their agents in each county, pushed to unfair lengths the authority to reform abuses conferred on them in terms of Magna Carta. In particular, they proceeded virtually to abolish the royal forests altogether by abrogating as evil customs the procedure on which this branch of the Crown’s prerogative rested. The prelates placed on record a formal protest on this head also.[1088]

-----

Footnote 1088:

The texts of both Protests are given in the Appendix.

-----

(3) Suspicions of John’s good faith. If neither the king nor the nation at large considered that the Great Charter contained sufficient safeguards of their interests against the Committee of Executors, the barons themselves soon came to the conclusion that the Committee, in spite of all its powers, formed an inadequate sanction against John. Accordingly they demanded further “security.” The city of London was placed in their hands, and the Tower of London in the neutral custody of the primate, as pledges of John’s good faith, until 15th August or longer if need were. Those terms were reduced to writing in a document entitled “Conventio facta inter Regem Anglie et barones ejusdem regni,” which thus supplied a new sanction, or “form of security,” supplementing, if not superseding, that contained in chapter 61 of Magna Carta.[1089]

-----

Footnote 1089:

See supra, 51–2. The text is given in Appendix. Thirteen of the twenty-five executors are mentioned by name as agreeing to this new treaty on behalf of themselves and other earls, barons and freeholders unnamed. Cf. R. Wendover, III. 319 (“et turrem Londonarum”). A third sanction, or form of security, appears in the garbled versions of the Charter given by R. Wendover (III. 317) and M. Paris (II. 603): the constables of the four royal castles of Northampton, Kenilworth, Nottingham and Scarborough, were to swear to hold these strongholds under orders of the twenty-five executors. See M. Paris (Ibid.). This clause has not been found in any known copy of any issue of Magna Carta. Cf. Mr. H. R. Luard’s preface to the second volume of Matthew Paris, pp. xxxiii. to xxxvi., where he discusses the peculiarities of the versions given by Wendover and Paris.

-----

(4) Precautions against papal intervention. The Articles of the barons afford undoubted evidence of its framers’ suspicions that John would apply to Rome for absolution from his bargain. They showed considerable shrewdness in demanding that the English prelates and the papal legate should become the king’s sureties that he would not procure from the Pope anything to invalidate the Charter or diminish its efficacy. If Pandulf, as the Pope’s accredited agent, had actually put his seal to such a document, he would have seriously embarrassed his august master in supporting John in a course of repudiation.

Two important alterations in the completed Charter were effected, however, whether at John’s instance, or at that of Pandulf, or of the English prelates, is matter of conjecture. No mention was made of Innocent by name, the clause being made quite general in its terms. John merely promised to procure a dispensation “from no one,” while the question of sureties was quietly ignored. The reason for the omission readily suggests itself; Pandulf would naturally object to commit his principal or himself to any pledge of the kind. The Pope preserved perfect freedom, and the use which he made of this is matter of common knowledge.[1090]

-----

Footnote 1090:

Cf. supra, p. 55.

-----

CHAPTER SIXTY-TWO.

Et omnes malas voluntates, indignaciones, et rancores ortos inter nos et homines nostros, clericos et laicos, a tempore discordie, plene omnibus remisimus et condonavimus. Preterea omnes transgressiones factas occasione ejusdem discordie, a Pascha anno regni nostri sextodecimo usque ad pacem reformatam, plene remisimus omnibus, clericis et laicis, et quantum ad nos pertinet plene condonavimus. Et insuper fecimus eis fieri litteras testimoniales patentes domini Stephani Cantuariensis archiepiscopi, domini Henrici Dublinensis archiepiscopi, et episcoporum predictorum, et magistri Pandulfi, super securitate ista et concessionibus prefatis.

And all the ill-will, hatreds, and bitterness that have arisen between us and our men, clergy and lay, from the date of the quarrel, we have completely remitted and pardoned to everyone. Moreover, all trespasses occasioned by the said quarrel, from Easter in the sixteenth year of our reign till the restoration of peace, we have fully remitted to all, both clergy and laymen, and completely forgiven, as far as pertains to us. And, on this head, we have caused to be made out to them letters patent of Stephen, archbishop of Canterbury, Henry, archbishop of Dublin, the bishops aforesaid, and master Pandulf, as evidences of this clause of security and of the foresaid concessions.

The clauses which follow the forma securitatis are entirely of a formal nature, adding nothing to the substance of Magna Carta. The present chapter, after making a well-meant declaration that bygones should be bygones, and that perfect peace and goodwill should everywhere prevail—a pious aspiration doomed to speedy disillusion—proceeds to authorize the prelates to issue under their seals certified copies of the terms of the Great Charter. Such letters were actually issued, and their terms are preserved in the Red Book of the Exchequer.[1091]

-----

Footnote 1091:

See folio 234. The text which is reproduced by Bémont, Chartres, p. 35, runs as follows: "Omnibus Christi fidelibus ad quos presens scriptum pervenerit, Stephanus Dei gratia Cantuariensis archiepiscopus, tocius Anglie primas et sancte romane ecclesie cardinalis, Henricus, eadem gratia Dublinensis archiepiscopus, Willelmus Londoniensis, Petrus Wintoniensis, Joscelinus, Bathoniensis et Glastoniensis, Hugo Lincolniensis, Walterus Wigorniensis, Willelmus Coventriensis et Benedictus Roffensis, divina miseracione episcopi, et magister Pandulfus domini pape subdiaconus et familiaris, salutem in Domino. Sciatis nos inspexisse cartam quam dominus noster Johannes illustris rex Anglie fecit comitibus, baronibus et liberis hominibus suis Anglie de libertate sancte ecclesie et libertatibus et liberis consuetudinibus suis eisdem ab eo concessis sub hac forma....

. . . . [Here follows the text of John’s Magna Carta]. . . .

Et ne huic forme predicte aliquid possit addi vel ab eadem aliquid possit subtrahi vel minui, huic scripto sigilla nostra apposuimus."

-----

CHAPTER SIXTY-THREE.

Quare volumus et firmiter precipimus quod Anglicana ecclesia libera sit et quod homines in regno nostro habeant et teneant omnes prefatas libertates, jura, et concessiones, bene et in pace, libere et quiete, plene et integre sibi et heredibus suis, de nobis et heredibus nostris, in omnibus rebus et locis, in perpetuum, sicut predictum est. Juratum est autem tam ex parte nostra quam ex parte baronum, quod hec omnia supradicta bona fide et sine malo ingenio observabuntur. Testibus supradictis et multis aliis. Data per manum nostram in prato quod vocatur Ronimede, inter Windlesoram et Stanes, quinto decimo die Junii, anno regni nostri decimo septimo.

Wherefore it is our will, and we firmly enjoin, that the English Church be free, and that the men in our kingdom have and hold all the aforesaid liberties, rights, and concessions, well and peaceably, freely and quietly, fully and wholly, for themselves and their heirs, of us and our heirs, in all respects and in all places for ever, as is aforesaid. An oath, moreover, has been taken, as well on our part as on the part of the barons, that all these conditions aforesaid shall be kept in good faith and without evil intent. Given under our hand—the above-named and many others being witnesses—in the meadow which is called Runnymede, between Windsor and Staines, on the fifteenth day of June, in the seventeenth year of our reign.

This last of the sixty-three chapters into which Magna Carta has been divided for purposes of convenience, not by its framers, but by modern commentators, contains little that calls for special comment. Beginning with a repetition of the declarations already made in chapter one that the English church should be free (omitting, however, any second reference to canonical election) and that homines in regno nostro should have and hold all of the aforesaid liberties, rights and concessions, it went on to record the fact that both parties had taken oath to observe its contents in good faith.[1092] The magnates named in the preamble were thereafter, along with many others who were not named, referred to collectively as witnesses. The Charter concludes with the declaration that it has been “given by our hand,” the place and date being specified, so as to conform to the formalities required in legal documents. The actual giving by John’s hand was effected by the impress of his great seal.[1093]

-----

Footnote 1092:

Cf. supra, 125.

Footnote 1093:

There are no signatures to the document. The frequent references to “the signing of the Great Charter” (e.g. Medley, Const. Hist., 127) are thus inaccurate, if “signing” is taken in its modern sense of “subscribing,” but may perhaps be justified by a reference to signum in its original meaning of “a seal.” To imprint a seal was, in a sense, “to sign.” That Magna Carta, in spite of its mention of its own date as 15th June, was actually sealed on the 19th has already been asserted, supra, 48–49. To the proofs there adduced should be added the testimony of the Annals of Dunstable, III. 43, which report that peace was made between king and barons at Runnymede “die Gervasii et Protasii.”

-----

APPENDIX. DOCUMENTS RELATIVE TO, OR ILLUSTRATIVE OF JOHN’S MAGNA CARTA.

I. THE CHARTER OF LIBERTIES OF HENRY I.[1094]

-----

Footnote 1094:

The text is founded on that of the Statutes of the Realm, I. 1; but has been also collated with the admirable text prepared by M. Bémont, Chartes, 1–6, whose emendations have been freely used not only for this Charter, but for all those which follow in this Appendix. M. Bémont gives an exhaustive account of the copies of the lost original of Henry’s charter.

-----

(1100.)

Anno incarnationis dominice M.CI. Henricus, filius Willelmi regis, post obitum fratris sui Willelmi Dei gratia rex Anglorum, omnibus fidelibus salutem.

1. Sciatis me Dei misericordia et communi consilio baronum totius regni Anglie, ejusdem regem coronatum esse. Et, quia regnum oppressum erat injustis exactionibus, ego, Dei respectu et amore quem erga vos habeo, sanctam Dei ecclesiam inprimis liberam facio, ita quod nec vendam, nec ad firmam ponam, nec mortuo archiepiscopo, sive episcopo, sive abbate, aliquid accipiam de dominico ecclesie vel de hominibus ejus, donec successor in eam ingrediatur. Et omnes malas consuetudines, quibus regnum Anglie injuste opprimebatur, inde aufero; quas malas consuetudines ex parte hic pono:

2. Si quis baronum, comitum meorum, sive aliorum qui de me tenent, mortuus fuerit, heres suus non redimet terram suam sicut faciebat tempore fratris mei, sed justa et legitima relevatione relevabit eam. Similiter et homines baronum meorum justa et legitima relevatione relevabunt terras suas de dominis suis.

3. Et si quis baronum vel aliorum hominum meorum filiam suam nuptum tradere voluerit, sive sororem, sive neptim, sive cognatam, mecum inde loquatur; sed neque ego aliquid de suo pro hac licentia accipiam, neque defendam ei quin eam det, excepto si eam vellet jungere inimico meo. Et si, mortuo barone sive alio homine meo, filia heres remanserit, illam dabo consilio baronum meorum cum terra sua. Et si, mortuo viro, uxor ejus remanserit et sine liberis fuerit, dotem suam et maritationem habebit; et eam non dabo marito, nisi secundum velle suum.

4. Si vero uxor cum liberis remanserit, dotem quidem et maritationem habebit dum corpus suum legitime servaverit, et eam non dabo, nisi secundum velle suum; et terre et liberorum custos erit sive uxor, sive alius propinquarius qui justius esse debeat. Et precipio quod barones mei similiter se contineant erga filios vel filias et uxores hominum suorum.

5. Monetagium commune, quod capiebatur per civitates et comitatus, quod non fuit tempore regis Edwardi, hoc ne amodo sit omnino defendo. Si quis captus fuerit, sive monetarius, sive alius, cum falsa moneta, justicia recta inde fiat.

6. Omnia placita et omnia debita que fratri meo debebantur condono, exceptis rectis firmis meis, et exceptis illis que pacta erant pro aliorum hereditatibus, vel pro eis rebus que justius aliis contingebant. Et si quis pro hereditate sua aliquid pepigerat, illud condono, et omnes relevationes que pro rectis hereditatibus pacte fuerant.

7. Et si quis baronum vel hominum meorum infirmabitur, sicut ipse dabit vel dare disponet pecuniam suam, ita datam esse concedo; quod si ipse, preventus armis vel infirmitate, pecuniam suam non dederit val dare disposuerit, uxor sua, sive liberi, aut parentes, et legitimi homines ejus, eam pro anima ejus dividant, sicut eis melius visum fuerit.

8. Si quis baronum vel hominum meorum forisfecerit, non dabit vadium in misericordia pecunie, sicut faciebat tempore patris mei vel fratris mei; sed, secundum modum forisfacti, ita emendabit sicut emendasset retro a tempore patris mei, in tempore aliorum antecessorum meorum. Quod si perfidie vel sceleris convictus fuerit, sicut justum fuerit sic emendet.

9. Murdra etiam, retro ab illa die qua in regem coronatus fui, omnia condono; et ea que amodo facta fuerint, juste emendentur secundum lagam regis Edwardi.

10. Forestas, omni consensu baronum meorum, in manu mea retinui sicut pater meus eas habuit.

11. Militibus qui per loricas terras suas defendunt, terras dominicarum carrucarum suarum quietas ab omnibus gildis et omni opere proprio dono meo concedo, ut, sicut tam magno allevamine alleviati sunt, ita se equis et armis bene instruant ad servitium meum et ad defensionem regni mei.

12. Pacem firmam in toto regno meo pono et teneri amodo precipio.

13. Lagam Edwardi regis vobis reddo cum illis emendationibus quibus pater meus eam emendavit consilio baronum suorum.

14. Si quis aliquid de rebus meis vel de rebus alicujus post obitum Willelmi regis fratris mei cepit, totum cito sine emendatione reddatur; et si quis inde aliquid retinuerit, ille super quem inventum fuerit michi graviter emendabit.

Testibus Mauricio Lundonie episcopo, et Gundulfo episcopo, et Willelmo electo episcopo, et Henrico comite, et Simone comite, et Waltero Giffardo, et Rodberto de Monfort, et Rogero Bigoto, et Henrico de Portu, apud Londoniam, quando fui coronatus.

II. THE SECOND OR OXFORD CHARTER OF STEPHEN.[1095] (1136.)

-----

Footnote 1095:

The text is founded on that of the Statutes of the Realm, I. 3. Cf. Bémont, Chartes, 8–10, who discusses the various editions. Mr. R. Lane Poole has noted the variants of an original of the Charter preserved in the muniment room of Salisbury Cathedral; see Report on Manuscripts in Various Collections, I. 384-5 (Historical Manuscripts Commission, 1901). Two of these variants have been here adopted (a) “regem Anglie” for “regem Anglorum” and (b) “postmodum” added after “pontifice.”

-----

Ego Stephanus Dei gratia, assensu cleri et populi in regem Anglie electus, et a Willelmo Cantuariensi archiepiscopo et sancte Romane ecclesie legato consecratus, et ab Innocentio sancte romane sedis pontifice postmodum confirmatus, respectu et amore Dei sanctam ecclesiam liberam esse concedo, et debitam reverentiam illi confirmo. Nichil me in ecclesia vel rebus ecclesiasticis simoniace acturum vel permissurum esse promitto. Ecclesiasticarum personarum et omnium clericorum et rerum eorum justiciam et potestatem et distributionem honorum ecclesiasticorum in manu episcoporum esse perhibeo et confirmo. Dignitates ecclesiarum privilegiis earum confirmatas et consuetudines earum antiquo tenore habitas inviolate manere statuo et concedo. Omnes ecclesiarum possessiones et tenuras, quas die illa habuerunt qua Willelmus rex avus meus fuit vivus et mortuus, sine omni calumpniantium reclamatione, eis liberas et absolutas esse concedo. Si quid vero de habitis vel possessis ante mortem ejusdem regis quibus modo careat, ecclesia deinceps repetierit, indulgentie et dispensationi mee vel restituendum vel discutiendum reservo. Quecunque vero post mortem ipsius regis liberalitate regum vel largitione principum, oblatione vel comparatione, vel qualibet transmutatione fidelium eis collata sunt, confirmo. Pacem et justiciam me in omnibus facturum et pro posse meo conservaturum eis promitto.

Forestas quas Willelmus avus meus et Willelmus avunculus meus instituerunt et habuerunt mihi reservo. Ceteras omnes quas rex Henricus superaddidit, ecclesiis et regno quietas reddo et concedo.

Si quis episcopus vel abbas vel alia ecclesiastica persona ante mortem suam rationabiliter sua distribuerit vel distribuenda statuerit, firmum manere concedo. Si vero morte preoccupatus fuerit, pro salute anime ejus, ecclesie consilio, eadem fiat distributio. Dum vero sedes propriis pastoribus vacue fuerint, ipsas et earum possessiones omnes in manu et custodia clericorum vel proborum hominum ejusdem ecclesie committam, donec pastor canonice substituatur.

Omnes exactiones et injusticias et mescheningas sive per vicecomites vel per alios quoslibet male inductas funditus exstirpo. Bonas leges et antiquas et justas consuetudines in murdris et placitis et aliis causis observabo et observari precipio et constituo. Hec omnia concedo et confirmo, salva regia et justa dignitate mea.

Testibus Willelmo Cantuariensi archiepiscopo, et Hugone Rothomagensi archiepiscopo, et Henrico Wintoniensi episcopo, et Rogero Saresberiensi episcopo, et Alexandro Lincolniensi episcopo, et Nigello Eliensi episcopo, et Evrardo Norwicensi episcopo, et Simone Wigorniensi episcopo, et Bernardo episcopo de S. Davide, et Audoeno Ebroicensi episcopo, et Ricardo Abrincensi episcopo, et Roberto Herefordiensi episcopo, et Johanne Rovecestriensi episcopo, et Athelulfo Carlolensi episcopo, et Rogero cancellario, et Henrico nepote Regis, et Roberto comite Gloecestrie, et Willelmo comite de Warenna, et Rannulfo comite Cestrie, et Roberto comite de Warewic., et Roberto de Ver., et Milone de Glocestria, et Brientio filio Comitis, et Roberto de Oilly conestabulis, et Willelmo Martello, et Hugone Bigot, et Hunfredo de Buhun, et Simone de Belcamp dapiferis, et Willelmo de Albiniaco, et Eudone Martello pincernis, et Roberto de Ferreriis, et Willelmo Pevrello de Notingeham, et Simone de Saintliz, et Willelmo de Albamarla, et Pagano filio Johannis, et Hamone de Sancto Claro, et liberto de Laceio. Apud Oxeneford. Anno ab incarnatione Domini M.C. XXXVI., set regni mei primo.

III. CHARTER OF HENRY II.[1096] (CIRCA 1154.)

Henricus Dei gracia rex anglie, dux Normannie et Aquitanie, et comes Andegavie, omnibus comitibus, baronibus et fidelibus suis Francis et Anglicis, salutem. Sciatis me, ad honorem Dei et sancte Ecclesie, et pro communi emendacione tocius regni mei, concessisse et reddidisse et presenti carta mea confirmasse Deo et sancte ecclesie et omnibus comitibus et baronibus et omnibus hominibus meis omnes concessiones et donaciones et libertates et liberas consuetudines, quas rex Henricus avus meus eis dedit et concessit. Similiter eciam omnes malas consuetudines, quas ipse delevit et remisit, ego remitto et deleri concedo pro me et heredibus meis. Quare volo et firmiter precipio quod sancta ecclesia et omnes comites et barones et omnes mei homines omnes illas consuetudines et donaciones et libertates et liberas consuetudines habeant et teneant libere et quiete, bene et in pace et integre, de me et heredibus meis, sibi et heredibus suis, adeo libere et quiete et plenarie in omnibus, sicut rex Henricus avus meus eis dedit et concessit, et carta sua confirmavit. Teste Ricardo de Luci apud Westmonasterium.

-----

Footnote 1096:

The text is taken from that given in Statutes of the Realm, I. 4, which is founded on a copy of the original preserved in the British Museum (Cotton, Claudius D. II., folio 107). Cf. Bémont, Chartes, 12–14.

-----

IV. THE SO-CALLED "UNKNOWN CHARTER OF LIBERTIES" OF JOHN[1097]

-----

Footnote 1097:

See supra, pp. 202-5 and Index. The text is founded upon that published by Mr. J. H. Round in the English Historical Review, VIII. 288, but effect has been given to most of the emendations suggested by Mr. Hubert Hall and Mr. G. W. Prothero. Cf. Ibid., IX. 117 and 326. The copy in the French Archives follows, on the same parchment, a copy of the Charter of Liberties of Henry I. from which it is separated by the following words (indicating the nature of both documents, the one that had gone before and the other that was to follow): “Hec est Carta Regis Henrici per quam barones querunt libertates et hec consequentia concedit Rex Johannes.” Then follow twelve clauses which are here numbered for convenience of reference, although no numbers appear in the copy.

-----

(WHICH MAY, PERHAPS, BE IDENTIFIED WITH THE SCHEDULE OF 27TH APRIL, 1215).

1. Concedit Rex Johannes quod non capiet hominem absque judicio, nec aliquid accipiet pro justitia, nec injustitiam faciet.

2. Et si contingat quod meus baro vel homo meus moriatur et haeres suus sit in aetate, terram suam debeo ei reddere per rectum releveium absque magis capiendi.

3. Et si ita sit quod haeres sit infra aetatem, debeo iiij^{or} militibus de legalioribus feodi terram bajulare in custodia, et illi cum meo famulo debent mihi reddere exitus terrae sine venditione nemorum et sine redemptione hominum et sine destructione parci et vivarii; et tunc quando ille haeres erit in aetate terram ei reddam quietam.

4. Si foemina sit haeres terrae, debeo eam maritare, consilio generis sui, ita non sit disparagiata. Et si una vice eam dedero, amplius eam dare non possum, sed se maritabit ad libitum suum, sed non inimicis meis.

5. Si contingat quod baro aut homo meus moriatur, concedo ut pecunia sua dividatur sicut ipse diviserit; et si praeoccupatus fuerit aut armis aut infirmitate improvisa, uxor ejus, aut liberi, aut parentes et amici propinquiores pro ejus anima dividant.

6. Et uxor ejus non abibit de hospitio infra XL. dies et donec dotem suam decenter habuerit, et maritagium habebit.

7. Adhuc hominibus meis concedo ne eant in exercitu extra Angliam nisi in Normanniam et in Britanniam et hoc decenter; quod si aliquis debet inde servitium decem militum, consilio baronum meorum alleviabitur.

8. Et si scutagium evenerit in terra, una marca argenti capietur de feodi militis; et si gravamen exercitus contigerit, amplius caperetur consilio baronum regni.

9. Adhuc concedo ut omnes forestas quas pater meus et frater meus et ego afforestaverimus, deafforesto.

10. Adhuc concedo ut milites qui in antiquis forestis meis suum nemus habent, habeant nemus amodo ad herbergagia sua et ad ardendum; et habeant foresterium suum; et ego tantum modo unum qui servet pecudes meas.

11. Et si aliquis hominum meorum moriatur qui Judaeis debeat, debitum non usurabit quamdiu haeres ejus sit infra aetatem.

12. Et concedo ne homo perdat pro pecude vitam neque membra.

V. THE ARTICLES OF THE BARONS.[1098] (1215.)

-----

Footnote 1098:

The text is taken from that of the Statutes of the Realm, I. 7-8, which is founded on the original in the British Museum. See supra, 200–202. Cf. Bémont, Chartes, 15–23.

-----

Ista sunt Capitula que Barones petunt et dominus Rex concedit.

1. Post decessum antecessorum heredes plene etatis habebunt hereditatem suam per antiquum relevium exprimendum in carta.

2. Heredes qui infra etatem sunt et fuerint in custodia, cum ad etatem pervenerint, habebunt hereditatem suam sine relevio et fine.

3. Custos terre heredis capiet rationabiles exitus, consuetudines, et servitia, sine destructione et vasto hominum et rerum suarum, et si custos terre fecerit destructionem et vastum, amittat custodiam; et custos sustentabit domos, parcos, vivaria, stagna, molendina et cetera ad terram illam pertinentia, de exitibus terre ejusdem; et ut heredes ita maritentur ne disparagentur et per consilium propinquorum de consanguinitate sua.

4. Ne vidua det aliquid pro dote sua, vel maritagio, post decessum mariti sui, sed maneat in domo sua per .xl. dies post mortem ipsius, et infra terminum illum assignetur ei dos; et maritagium statim habeat et hereditatem suam.

5. Rex vel ballivus non saisiet terram aliquam pro debito dum catalla debitoris sufficiunt; nec plegii debitoris distringantur, dum capitalis debitor sufficit ad solutionem; si vero capitalis debitor defecerit in solutione, si plegii voluerint, habeant terras debitoris, donec debitum illud persolvatur plene, nisi capitalis debitor monstrare poterit se esse inde quietum erga plegios.

6. Rex non concedet alicui baroni quod capiat auxilium de liberis hominibus suis, nisi ad corpus suum redimendum, et ad faciendum primogenitum filium suum militem, et ad primogenitam filiam suam semel maritandam, et hoc faciet per rationabile auxilium.

7. Ne aliquis majus servitium faciat de feodo militis quam inde debetur.

8. Ut communia placita non sequantur curiam domini regis, sed assignentur in aliquo certo loco; et ut recognitiones capiantur in eisdem comitatibus, in hunc modum: ut rex mittat duos justiciaros per .iiii^{or}. vices in anno, qui cum .iiii^{or}. militibus ejusdem comitatus electis per comitatum, capiant assisas de nova dissaisina, morte antecessoris, et ultima presentatione, nec aliquis ob hoc sit summonitus nisi juratores et due partes.

9. Ut liber homo amercietur pro parvo delicto secundum modum delicti, et, pro magno delicto, secundum magnitudinem, delicti, salvo continemento suo; villanus etiam eodem modo amercietur, salvo waynagio suo; et mercator eodem modo, salva marcandisa, per sacramentum proborum hominum de visneto.

10. Ut clericus amercietur de laico feodo suo secundum modum aliorum predictorum, et non secundum beneficium ecclesiasticum.

11. Ne aliqua villa amercietur pro pontibus faciendis ad riparias, nisi ubi de jure antiquitus esse solebant.

12. Ut mensura vini, bladi, et latitudines pannorum et rerum aliarum, emendetur; et ita de ponderibus.

13. Ut assise de nova dissaisina et de morte antecessoris abbrevientur; et similiter de aliis assisis.

14. Ut nullus vicecomes intromittat se de placitis ad coronam pertinentibus sine coronatoribus; et ut comitatus et hundredi sint ad antiquas firmas absque nullo incremento, exceptis dominicis maneriis regis.

15. Si aliquis tenens de rege moriatur, licebit vicecomiti vel alii ballivo regis seisire et imbreviare catallum ipsius per visum legalium hominum, ita tamen quod nichil inde amoveatur, donec plenius sciatur si debeat aliquod liquidum debitum domino regi, et tunc debitum regis persolvatur; residuum vero relinquatur executoribus ad faciendum testamentum defuncti; et si nichil regi debetur, omnia catalla cedant defuncto.

16. Si aliquis liber homo intestatus decesserit, bona sua per manum proximorum parentum suorum et amicorum et per visum ecclesie distribuantur.

17. Ne vidue distringantur ad se maritandum, dum voluerint sine marito vivere, ita tamen quod securitatem facient quod non maritabunt se sine assensu regis, si de rege teneant, vel dominorum suorum de quibus tenent.

18. Ne constabularius vel alius ballivus capiat blada vel alia catalla, nisi statim denarios inde reddat, nisi respectum habere possit de voluntate venditoris.

19. Ne constabularius possit distringere aliquem militem ad dandum denarios pro custodia castri, si voluerit facere custodiam illam in propria persona vel per alium probum hominem, si ipse eam facere non possit per rationabilem causam; et si rex eum duxerit in exercitum, sit quietus de custodia secundum quantitatem temporis.

20. Ne vicecomes, vel ballivus regis, vel aliquis alius, capiat equos vel carettas alicujus liberi hominis pro cariagio faciendo, nisi ex voluntate ipsius.

21. Ne rex vel ballivus suus capiat alienum boscum ad castra vel ad alia agenda sua, nisi per voluntatem ipsius cujus boscus ille fuerit.

22. Ne rex teneat terram eorum qui fuerint convicti de felonia, nisi per unum annum et unum diem, sed tunc reddatur domino feodi.

23. Ut omnes kidelli de cetero penitus deponantur de Tamisia et Medeweye et per totam Angliam.

24. Ne breve quod vocatur “Precipe” de cetero fiat alicui de aliquo tenemento unde liber homo amittat curiam suam.

25. Si quis fuerit disseisitus vel prolongatus per regem sine juditio de terris, libertatibus, et jure suo, statim ei restituatur; et si contentio super hoc orta fuerit, tunc inde disponatur per juditium .xxv. baronum, et ut illi qui fuerint dissaisiti per patrem vel fratrem regis, rectum habeant sine dilatione per juditium parium suorum in curia regis; et si rex debeat habere terminum aliorum cruce signatorum, tunc archiepiscopus et episcopi faciant inde juditium ad certum diem, appellatione remota.

26. Ne aliquid detur pro brevi inquisitionis de vita vel membris, sed libere concedatur sine pretio et non negetur.

27. Si aliquis tenet de rege per feodi firmam, per sokagium, vel per burgagium, et de alio per servitium militis, dominus rex non habebit custodiam militum de feodo alterius, occasione burgagii vel sokagii, nec debet habere custodiam burgagii, sokagii, vel feodi firme; et quod liber homo non amittat militiam suam occasione parvarum sergantisarum, sicuti de illis qui tenent aliquod tenementum reddendo inde cuttellos vel sagittas vel hujusmodi.

28. Ne aliquis ballivus possit ponere aliquem ad legem simplici loquela sua sine testibus fidelibus.

29. Ne corpus liberi hominis capiatur, nec imprisonetur, nec dissaisietur, nec utlagetur, nec exuletur, nec aliquo modo destruatur, nec rex eat vel mittat super eum vi, nisi per juditium parium suorum vel per legem terre.

30. Ne jus vendatur vel differratur vel vetitum sit.

31. Quod mercatores habeant salvum ire et venire ad emendum vel vendendum, sine omnibus malis toltis, per antiquas et rectas consuetudines.

32. Ne scutagium vel auxilium ponatur in regno, nisi per commune consilium regni, nisi ad corpus regis redimendum, et primogenitum filium suum militem faciendum, et filiam suam primogenitam semel maritandam; et ad hoc fiat rationabile auxilium. Simili modo fiat de taillagiis et auxiliis de civitate Londonie, et de aliis civitatibus que inde habent libertates, et ut civitas Londonie plene habeat antiquas libertates et liberas consuetudines suas, tam per aquas, quam per terras.

33. Ut liceat unicuique exire de regno et redire, salva fide domini regis, nisi tempore werre per aliquod breve tempus propter communem utilitatem regni.

34. Si quis mutuo aliquid acceperit a Judeis plus vel minus, et moriatur antequam debitum illud solvatur, debitum non usurabit quamdiu heres fuerit infra etatem, de quocumque teneat; et si debitum illud inciderit in manum regis, rex non capiet nisi catallum quod continetur in carta.

35. Si quis moriatur et debitum debeat Judeis, uxor ejus habeat dotem suam; et si liberi remanserint, provideantur eis necessaria secundum tenementum; et de residuo solvatur debitum salvo servitio dominorum; simili modo fiat de aliis debitis; et ut custos terre reddat heredi, cum ad plenam etatem pervenerit, terram suam instauratam secundum quod rationabiliter poterit sustinere de exitibus terre ejusdem de carucis et wainnagiis.

36. Si quis tenuerit de aliqua eskaeta, sicut de honore Walingeford, Notingeham, Bononie, et Lankastrie, et de aliis eskaetis que sunt in manu regis et sunt baronie, et obierit, heres ejus non dabit aliud relevium, vel faciet regi aliud servitium quam faceret baroni; et ut rex eodem modo eam teneat quo baro eam tenuit.

37. Ut fines qui facti sunt pro dotibus, maritagiis, hereditatibus, et amerciamentis, injuste et contra legem terre, omnino condonentur; vel fiat inde per juditium, .xxv. baronum, vel per juditium majoris partis eorumdem, una cum archiepiscopo et aliis quos secum vocare voluerit ita quod, si aliquis vel aliqui de .xxv. fuerint in simili querela, amoveantur et alii loco illorum per residuos de .xxv. substituantur.

38. Quod obsides et carte reddantur, quae liberate fuerunt regi in securitatem.

39. Ut illi qui fuerint extra forestam non veniant coram justiciariis de foresta per communes summonitiones, nisi sint in placito vel plegii fuerint; et ut prave consuetudines de forestis et de forestariis, et warenniis, et vicecomitibus, et rivariis, emendentur per .xii. milites de quolibet comitatu, qui debent eligi per probos homines ejusdem comitatus.

40. Ut rex amoveat penitus de balliva parentes et totam sequelam Gerardi de Atyes, quod de cetero balliam non habeant, scilicet Engelardum, Andream, Petrum, et Gyonem de Cancellis, Gyonem de Cygony, Matheum de Martiny, et fratres ejus; et Galfridum nepotem ejus et Philippum Mark.

41. Et ut rex amoveat alienigenas, milites, stipendiarios, balistarios, et ruttarios, et servientes qui veniunt cum equis et armis ad nocumentum regni.

42. Ut rex faciat justiciarios, constabularios, vicecomites, et ballivos, de talibus qui sciant legem terre et eam bene velint observare.

43. Ut barones qui fundaverunt abbatias, unde habent cartas regum vel antiquam tenuram, habeant custodiam earum cum vacaverint.

44. Si rex Walenses dissaisierit vel elongaverit de terris vel libertatibus, vel de rebus aliis in Anglia vel in Wallia, eis statim sine placito reddantur; et si fuerint dissaisiti vel elongati de tenementis suis Anglie per patrem vel fratrem regis sine juditio parium suorum, rex eis sine dilatione justiciam exhibebit, eo modo quo exhibet Anglicis justiciam de tenementis suis Anglie secundum legem Anglie, et de tenementis Wallie secundum legem Wallie, et de tenementis Marchie secundum legem Marchie; idem facient Walenses regi et suis.

45. Ut rex reddat filium Lewelini et } nisi aliter esse preterea omnes obsides de Wallia, et } debeat per cartas cartas que ei liberate fuerunt in } quas rex habet securitatem pacis . . . } per juditium 46. Ut rex faciat regi Scottorum de } archiepiscopi et obsidibus reddendis, et de libertatibus } aliorum quos suis, et jure suo, secundum formam } secum vocare quam facit baronibus Anglie . . . . } voluerit.

47. Et omnes foreste que sunt aforestate per regem tempore suo deafforestentur, et ita fiat de ripariis que per ipsum regem sunt in defenso.

48. Omnes autem istas consuetudines et libertates quas rex concessit regno tenendas quantum ad se pertinet erga suos, omnes de regno tam clerici quam laici observabunt quantum ad se pertinet erga suos.

[Here, there occurs a blank space in the original.]

49. Hec est forma securitatis ad observandum pacem et libertates inter regem et regnum. Barones eligent .xxv. barones de regno quos voluerint, qui debent pro totis viribus suis observare, tenere et facere observari, pacem et libertates quas dominus rex eis concessit et carta sua confirmavit; ita videlicet quod si rex, vel justiciarius, vel ballivi regis, vel aliquis de ministris suis, in aliquo erga aliquem deliquerit, vel aliquem articulorum pacis aut securitatis transgressus fuerit, et delictum ostensum fuerit .iiii^{or}. baronibus de praedictis .xxv. baronibus, illi .iiii^{or}. barones accedent ad dominum regem, vel ad justiciarium suum, si rex fuerit extra regnum; proponentes ei excessum, petent ut excessum illum sine dilatione faciat emendari; et si rex vel justiciarius ejus illud non emendaverit, si rex fuerit extra regnum, infra rationabile tempus determinandum in carta, predicti .iiii^{or}. referent causam illam ad residuos de illis .xxv. baronibus, et illi .xxv. cum communa totius terre distringent et gravabunt regem modis omnibus quibus poterunt, scilicet per captionem castrorum, terrarum, possessionum, et aliis modis quibus poterunt, donec fuerit emendatum secundum arbitrium eorum, salva persona domini regis et regine et liberorum suorum; et cum fuerit emendatum, intendant domino regi sicut prius. Et quicumque voluerit de terra jurabit se ad predicta exequenda pariturum mandatis predictorum .xxv. baronum, et gravaturum regem pro posse suo cum ipsis; et rex pubblice et libere dabit licentiam jurandi cuilibet qui jurare voluerit, et nulli umquam jurare prohibebit. Omnes autem illos de terra qui sponte sua et per se noluerint jurare .xxv. baronibus de distringendo et gravando regem cum eis, rex faciet jurare eosdem de mandato suo sicut predictum est. Item si aliquis de predictis .xxv. baronibus decesserit, vel a terra recesserit, vel aliquo modo alio impeditus fuerit quominus ista predicta possint exequi, qui residui fuerint de .xxv. eligent alium loco ipsius pro arbitrio suo, qui simili modo erit juratus quo et ceteri. In omnibus autem que istis .xxv. baronibus committuntur exequenda, si forte ipsi .xxv. presentes fuerint et inter se super re aliqua discordaverint, vel aliqui ex eis vocati nolint vel nequeant interesse, ratum habebitur et firmum quod major pars ex eis providerit vel preceperit, ac si omnes .xxv. in hoc consensissent; et predicti .xxv. jurabunt quod omnia antedicta fideliter observabunt et pro toto posse suo facient observari. Preterea rex faciet eos securos per cartas archiepiscopi et episcoporum et magistri Pandulfi, quod nichil impetrabit a domino papa per quod aliqua istarum conventionum revocetur vel minuatur, et, si aliquid tale impetraverit, reputetur irritum et inane et numquam eo utatur.

VI. WRITS SUPPLEMENTARY OF JOHN’S GREAT CHARTER.

(1) Writ to Stephen Harengod, dated 23rd June, 1215, announcing that terms had been arranged.[1099]

-----

Footnote 1099:

The text follows that of New Rymer, I. 133, but has been collated with Rot. Pat., I. 143 (17 John m. 23) and two corrections made. This writ is here given as a specimen of many despatched during the week following the truce at Runnymede, intimating that peace had been made, and instructing release of hostages, etc. This writ is referred to supra 48 n. and 49 n. where its date is discussed.

-----

Rex Stephano Harengod etc., Sciatis quod firma pax facta est per Dei gratiam inter nos et barones nostros die Veneris proximo post festum Sancte Trinitatis apud Runemed., prope Stanes; ita quod eorum homagia eodem die ibidem cepimus. Unde vobis mandamus firmiter precipientes quod sicut nos et honorem nostrum diligitis et pacem regni nostri, ne ulterius turbetur, quod nullum malum de cetero faciatis baronibus nostris vel aliis, vel fieri permittatis, occasione discordie prius orte inter nos et eos. Mandamus etiam vobis quod de finibus et tenseriis nobis factis occasione illius discordie, si quid superest, reddendum, nichil capiatis. Et si quid post illum diem Veneris cepistis, illud statim reddatis. Et corpora prisonum et obsidum captorum et detentorum occasione hujus guerre, vel finium vel tenseriarum predictarum, sine dilatione deliberetis. Hec omnia predicta, sicut corpus vestrum diligitis, faciatis. Et in hujus etc., nobis mittimus. Teste meipso apud Runemed., xxiij. die Junii anno regni nostri xvij.

(2) Writ to Hugh de Bova, dated 23rd June, 1215, ordering disbandment of mercenaries.[1100]

-----

Footnote 1100:

See supra, p. 522. The text is given in New Rymer, I. 134, and in Rot. Pat., I. 144 (17 John m. 23).

-----

Rex Hugoni de Bova, salutem. Mandamus vobis quod in fide qua nobis tenemini non retineatis aliquem de militibus vel servientibus qui fuerunt apud Dover., sed in patriam suam in pace sine dilatione ire faciatis. Et in hujus, etc. Teste meipso apud Runimed. xxiij. die Junii anno regni nostri xvij^{mo.}

(3) Writs issued to the sheriffs of counties on 19th June, 1215.[1101]

-----

Footnote 1101:

See supra, pp. 50-51, 512–3 and 552. The text is taken from Rot. Pat., I. 180 (17 John m. 23, d.). It will be found also in New Rymer, I. 134, and in Stubbs Sel. Chart., 306–7.

-----

Rex vicecomiti, forestariis warennariis, custodibus ripariarum et omnibus baillivis suis in eodem comitatu, salutem. Sciatis pacem firmam esse reformatam per Dei gratiam inter nos et barones et liberos homines regni nostri, sicut audire poteritis et videre per cartam nostram quam inde fieri fecimus, quam etiam legi publice precepimus per totam bailliam vestram et firmiter teneri; volentes et districte precipientes quod tu vicecomes omnes de baillia tua secundum formam carte predicte jurare facias xxv. baronibus de quibus mentio fit in carta predicta, ad mandatum eorundem vel majoris partis eorum, coram ipsis vel illis quos ad hoc atornaverint per litteras suas patentes, et ad diem et locum quos ad hoc faciendum prefixerint predicti barones vel atornati ab eis ad hoc. Volumus etiam et precipimus quod xii milites de comitatu tuo, qui eligentur de ipso comitatu in primo comitatu qui tenebitur post susceptionem litterarum istarum in partibus tuis, jurent de inquirendis pravis consuetudinibus tam de vicecomitibus quam eorum ministris, forestis, forestariis, warennis et warennariis, ripariis et earum custodibus, et eis delendis, sicut in ipsa carta continetur. Vos igitur omnes sicut nos et honorem nostrum diligitis, et pacem regni nostri, omnia in carta contenta inviolabiliter observetis et ab omnibus observari faciatis, ne pro defectu vestri, aut per excessum vestrum, pacem regni nostri, quod Deus avertat, iterum turbari contingat. Et tu, vicecomes, pacem nostram per totam bailliam tuam clamari facias et firmiter teneri precipias. Et in hujus, etc. vobis mittimus. Teste me ipso apud Runimede, xix. die Junii, anno regni nostri xvij^{mo.}

-----

Footnote 1102:

See supra, p. 553. The text is given by New Rymer, I. 134, and in Rot. Pat., I. 134 (17 John, m. 21). A French version appears in D’Achery, Spicilegium, XII. 573, and in Bémont, Chartes, xxiv. n.

-----

(4) Writs issued to the sheriffs of counties on 27th June, 1215.[1102]

Rex vicecomiti Warewic. et duodecim militibus electis in eodem comitatu ad inquirendum et delendum pravas consuetudines de vicecomitibus et eorum ministris forestis et forestariis warennis et warennariis ripariis et earum custodibus salutem. Mandamus vobis quod statim et sine dilatione saisiatis in manum nostram terras et tenementa et catalla omnium illorum de comitatu Warewic. qui jurare contradixerint viginti quinque baronibus secundum formam contentam in carta nostra de libertatibus vel eis quos ad hoc atornaverint. Et si jurare noluerint statim post quindecim dies completos preterquam terre et tenementa et catalla eorum in manu nostra saisita fuerint, omnia catalla sua vendi faciatis et denarios inde preceptos salvo custodiatis, deputandos subsidio terre sancte. Terras autem et tenementa eorum in manu nostra teneatis, quousque juraverint. Et hoc provisum est per judicium domini Cantuar. archiepiscopi et baronum regni nostri. Et in hujus etc. Teste meipso, apud Winton. xxvij die Junii anno regni nostri xvij^{mo.}

Idem mandatum est omnibus vicecomitibus Anglie.

(5) Conventio facta inter Regem Anglie et barones ejusdem regni.[1103]

-----

Footnote 1103:

See supra, pp. 51-2 and 560-1. The text is taken from New Rymer, I. 133 on the authority of Rot. Claus., 17 John, m. 27 d. It is printed by Blackstone, Great Charter, 25–6.

-----

Hec est conventio facta inter dominum Johannem regem Anglie, ex una parte, et Robertum filium Walteri, marescallum exercitus Dei et sancte ecclesie in Anglia, et Ricardum comitem de Clare, Gaufridum comitem Essex, et Glouc., Rogerum Bigot comitem Northfolc. et Suthfolc., Saherum comitem Wint., Robertum comitem Oxon., Henricum comitem Hereford., et barones subscriptos, scilicet Willielmum Mariscallum juniorem, Eustachium de Vescy, Willielmum de Mobray, Johannem filium Roberti, Rogerum de Monte Begonis, Willielmum de Lanvalay, et alios comites et barones et liberos homines totius regni, ex altera parte, videlicet quod ipsi comites et barones et alii prescripti tenebunt civitatem London, de baillio domini regis, salvis interim domino regi firmis redditibus et claris debitis suis, usque ad assumptionem beate Marie anno regni ipsius regis xvii^{mo.} et dominus Cant. tenebit similiter de baillio domini regis turrim London, usque ad predictum terminum, salvis civitati London. libertatibus suis et liberis consuetudinibus suis, et salvo cuilibet jure suo in custodia turris London., et ita quod interim non ponat dominus rex munitionem vel vires alias in civitate predicta vel in turri London. Fiant etiam infra predictum terminum sacramenta per totam Angliam viginti quinque baronibus sicut continentur in carta de libertatibus et securitate regno concessis vel attornatis viginti quinque baronum sicut continentur in literis de duodecim militibus eligendis ad delendum malas consuetudines de forestis et aliis. Et preterea infra eundem terminum omnia que comites et barones et alii liberi homines petunt a domino rege que ipse dixerit esse reddenda vel que per xxv barones aut per majorem partem eorum judicata fuerint esse reddenda reddantur secundum formam predicte carte. Et si hec facta fuerint vel per dominum regem non steterit quominus ista facta fuerint infra predictum terminum tunc civitas et turris London. ad eundem terminum statim reddantur domino regi salvis predicte civitati libertatibus suis et liberis consuetudinibus suis sicut prescriptum est. Et si hec facta non fuerint et per dominum regem steterit quod ista non fiant infra predictum terminum barones tenebunt civitatem predictam et dominus archiepiscopus turrim London. donec predicta compleantur. Et interim omnes ex utraque parte recuperabunt castra terras et villas quas habuerunt in initio guerre orte inter dominum regem et barones.

(6) Protest by the Archbishops of Canterbury and Dublin, and other prelates, that chapter 48 of the Great Charter was to be interpreted by both sides as limited.[1104]

-----

Footnote 1104:

See supra, pp. 52, 513, and 560. The protest is recorded in Rot. Claus., 17 John, m. 27 d.; and is printed in New Rymer, I. 134.

-----

Omnibus Christi fidelibus ad quos presentes littere pervenerint, Sancti Dei gracia, Cantuar. archiepiscopus, tocius Anglie primas et sancte Romane ecclesie cardinalis et H. eadem gracia, archiepiscopus Dublin., W. quoque London., P. Winton., J. Bathon et Glaston., H. Lincoln., W. Wygorn., et W. Coventr., ejusdem gracie dono episcopi, salutem in Domino. Cum dominus Rex concesserit et per cartam suam confirmaverit, quod omnes male consuetudines de forestis, et forestariis et eorum ministris, statim inquirantur in quolibet comitatu, per duodecim milites juratos de eodem comitatu; qui debent eligi per probos homines ejusdem comitatus; et infra xl. dies post inquisitionem factam penitus, ita quod nunquam revocentur, deleantur per eosdem; dum tamen dominus Rex hoc prius sciat; universitati vestre notum fieri volumus, quod articulus iste ita intellectus fuit ex utraque parte, quum de eo tractabatur, et expressus, quod omnes consuetudines ille remanere debent, sine quibus foreste servari non possint: et hoc presentibus litteris protestamur.

(7) Protest by the Archbishops of Canterbury and Dublin and other prelates that the barons who had renewed their homage at Runnymede had repudiated their promise to ratify their oaths by formal charters.[1105]

-----

Footnote 1105:

See supra, 560. The protest is printed in Rot. Pat., I. 144 (17 m. 21 d.), and also in New Rymer, I. 134.

-----

Omnibus Christi fidelibus etc. Stephanus, Dei gracia, Cantuar. archiepiscopus, totius Anglie primas, et sancte Romane ecclesie cardinalis Henricus Dublin archiepiscopus, Willielmus London., Petrus Winton., Joscelinus Bathon, et Glaston., Hugo Lincoln., Walterus Wigorn., Willielmus Conventr., Ricardus Cicestr., episcopi et magister Pandulfus domini Pape subdiaconus et familiaris, salutem. Noverit universitas vestra, quod quando facta fuit pax inter dominum regem Johannem et barones Anglie, de discordia inter eos orta, idem barones nobis presentibus et audientibus, promiserunt domino Regi, quod quamcumque securitatem habere vellet ab eis de pace illa observanda, ipsi ei habere facerent, preter castella et obsides. Postea vero quando dominus Rex petiit ab eis, ut talem cartam ei facerent:—

“Omnibus etc. Sciatis nos astrictos esse per sacramenta et homagia domino nostro Johanni Regi Anglie, de fide ei servanda de vita et membris et terreno honore suo, contra omnes homines qui vivere possint et mori; et ad jura sua et heredum suorum, et ad regnum suum custodiendum et defendendum.”

Ipsi id facere noluerunt. Et in hujus rei testimonium id ipsum per hoc scriptum protestamur.

VII. THE GREAT CHARTER OF HENRY III.[1106] (SECOND REISSUE, 6TH NOVEMBER, 1217.)

-----

Footnote 1106:

See supra, pp. 171-9. The text is taken from that of the Statutes of the Realm, I. 17-19.

-----

Henricus Dei gratia rex Anglie, dominus Hibernie, dux Normannie, Aquitanie, et comes Andegavie, archiepiscopis, episcopis, abbatibus, prioribus, comitibus, baronibus, vicecomitibus, prepositis, ministris et omnibus ballivis et fidelibus suis presentem cartam inspecturis, salutem. Sciatis quod intuitu Dei et pro salute anime nostre et animarum antecessorum et successorum nostrorum, ad exaltationem sancte ecclesie et emendationem regni nostri, concessimus et hac presenti carta confirmavimus pro nobis et heredibus nostris in perpetuum, de consilio venerabilis patris nostri domini Gualonis tituli Sancti Martini presbiteri cardinalis et apostolice sedis legati, domini Walteri Eboracensis archiepiscopi, Willelmi Londoniensis episcopi, et aliorum episcoporum Anglie et Willelmi Mariscalli comitis Pembrocie, rectoris nostri et regni nostri, et aliorum fidelium comitum et baronum nostrorum Anglie, has libertates tenendas in regno nostro Anglie in perpetuum.

1. In primis concessimus Deo et hac presenti carta nostra confirmavimus pro nobis et heredibus nostris in perpetuum quod anglicana ecclesia libera sit, et habeat jura sua integra et libertates suas illesas. Concessimus etiam omnibus liberis hominibus regni nostri pro nobis et heredibus nostris in perpetuum omnes libertates subscriptas, habendas et tenendas eis et heredibus suis de nobis et heredibus nostris.

2. Si quis comitum vel baronum nostrorum sive aliorum tenencium de nobis in capite per servicium militare mortuus fuerit, et, cum decesserit, heres ejus plene etatis fuerit et relevium debeat, habeat hereditatem suam per antiquum relevium, scilicet heres vel heredes comitis de baronia comitis integra per centum libras, heres vel heredes baronis de baronia integra per centum libras, heres vel heredes militis de feodo militis integro per centum solidos ad plus; et qui minus debuerit minus det secundum antiquam consuetudinem feodorum.

3. Si autem heres alicujus talium fuerit infra etatem, dominus ejus non habeat custodiam ejus nec terre sue antequam homagium ejus ceperit; et, postquam talis heres fuerit in custodia, cum ad etatem pervenerit, scilicet viginti et unius anni, habeat hereditatem suam sine relevio et sine fine, ita tamen quod, si ipse, dum infra etatem fuerit, fiat miles, nichilominus terra remaneat in custodia dominorum suorum usque ad terminum predictum.

4. Custos terre hujusmodi heredis qui infra etatem fuerit non capiat de terra heredis nisi rationabiles exitus et rationabiles consuetudines et rationabilia servicia, et hoc sine destructione et vasto hominum vel rerum; et si nos commiserimus custodiam alicujus talis terre vicecomiti vel alicui alii qui de exitibus terre illius nobis debeat respondere, et ille destructionem de custodia fecerit vel vastum, nos ab illo capiemus emendam, et terra committatur duobus legalibus et discretis hominibus de feodo illo qui de exitibus nobis respondeant vel ei cui eos assignaverimus; et si dederimus vel vendiderimus alicui custodiam alicujus talis terre, et ille destructionem inde fecerit vel vastum, amittat ipsam custodiam et tradatur duobus legalibus et discretis hominibus de feodo illo qui similiter nobis respondeant, sicut predictum est.

5. Custos autem, quamdiu custodiam terre habuerit, sustentet domos, parcos, vivaria, stagna, molendina et cetera ad terram illam pertinencia de exitibus terre ejusdem, et reddat heredi, cum ad plenam etatem pervenerit, terram suam totam instauratam de carucis et omnibus aliis rebus, ad minus secundum quod illam recepit. Hec omnia observentur de custodiis archiepiscopatuum, episcopatuum, abbatiarum, prioratuum, ecclesiarum et dignitatum vacancium que ad nos pertinent, excepto quod hujusmodi custodie vendi non debent.

6. Heredes maritentur absque disparagatione.

7. Vidua post mortem mariti sui statim et sine difficultate aliqua habeat maritagium suum et hereditatem suam, nec aliquid det pro dote sua vel pro maritagio suo vel pro hereditate sua, quam hereditatem maritus suus et ipsa tenuerint die obitus ipsius mariti, et maneat in capitali mesuagio mariti sui per quadraginta dies post obitum ipsius mariti sui, infra quos assignetur ei dos sua, nisi prius ei fuerit assignata, vel nisi domus ilia sit castrum; et si de castro recesserit, statim provideatur ei domus competens in qua possit honeste morari, quousque dos sua ei assignetur secundum quod predictum est, et habeat rationabile estoverium suum interim de communi. Assignetur autem ei pro dote sua tercia pars tocius terre mariti sui que sua fuit in vita sua, nisi de minori dotata fuerit ad hostium ecclesie.

8. Nulla vidua distringatur ad se maritandam, dum vivere voluerit sine marito, ita tamen quod securitatem faciet quod se non maritabit sine assensu nostro, si de nobis tenuerit, vel sine assensu domini sui, si de alio tenuerit.

9. Nos vero vel ballivi nostri non seisiemus terram aliquam nee redditum pro debito aliquo quamdiu catalla debitoris presencia sufficiunt ad debitum reddendum et ipse debitor paratus sit inde satisfacere; nee plegii ipsius debitoris distringantur quamdiu ipse capitalis debitor sufficiat ad solutionem debiti; et, si capitalis debitor defecerit in solutione debiti, non habens unde reddat aut reddere nolit cum possit, plegii respondeant pro debito; et, si voluerint, habeant terras et redditus debitoris quousque sit eis satisfactum de debito quod ante pro eo solverint, nisi capitalis debitor monstraverit se inde esse quietum versus eosdem plegios.

10. Civitas Londonie habeat omnes antiquas libertates et liberas consuetudines suas. Preterea volumus et concedimus quod omnes alie civitates, et burgi, et ville, et barones de quinque portubus, et omnes portus, habeant omnes libertates et liberas consuetudines suas.

11. Nullus distringatur ad faciendum majus servicium de feodo militis nec de alio libero tenemento quam inde debetur.

12. Communia placita non sequantur curiam nostram, set teneantur in aliquo loco certo.

13. Recognitiones de nova disseisina et de morte antecessoris non capiantur nisi in suis comitatibus, et hoc modo: nos, vel si extra regnum fuerimus, capitalis justiciarius noster, mittemus justiciarios per unumquemque comitatum semel in anno, qui cum militibus comitatuum capiant in comitatibus assisas predictas.

14. Et ea que in illo adventu suo in comitatu per justiciarios predictos ad dictas assisas capiendas missos terminari non possunt, per eosdem terminentur alibi in itinere suo; et ea que per eosdem propter difficultatem aliquorum articulorum terminari non possunt, referantur ad justiciarios nostros de banco, et ibi terminentur.

15. Assise de ultima presentatione semper capiantur coram justiciariis nostris de banco et ibi terminentur.

16. Liber homo non amercietur pro parvo delicto nisi secundum modum ipsius delicti, et pro magno delicto, secundum magnitudinem delicti, salvo contenemento suo; et mercator eodem modo salva mercandisa sua; et villanus alterius quam noster eodem modo amercietur salvo wainagio suo, si incident in misericordiam nostram: et nulla predictarum misericordiarum ponatur nisi per sacramenta proborum et legalium hominum de visneto.

17. Comites et barones non amercientur nisi per pares suos, et non nisi secundum modum delicti.

18. Nulla ecclesiastica persona amercietur secundum quantitatem beneficii sui ecclesiastici, sed secundum laicum tenementum suum, et secundum quantitatem delicti.

19. Nec villa, nec homo, distringatur facere pontes ad riparias nisi qui ex antiquo et de jure facere debet.

20. Nulla riparia decetero defendatur, nisi ille que fuerunt in defenso tempore regis Henrici avi nostri, per eadem loca et eosdem terminos sicut esse consueverunt tempore suo.

21. Nullus vicecomes, constabularius, coronatores vel alii ballivi nostri teneant placita corone nostre.

22. Si aliquis tenens de nobis laicum feodum moriatur, et vicecomes vel ballivus noster ostendat litteras nostras patentes de summonitione nostra de debito quod defunctus nobis debuit, liceat vicecomiti vel ballivo nostro attachiare et inbreviare catalla defuncti inventa in laico feodo ad valenciam illius debiti per visum legalium hominum, ita tamen quod nichil inde amoveatur donec persolvatur nobis debitum quod clarum fuerit, et residuum relinquatur executoribus ad faciendum testamentum defuncti; et si nichil nobis debeatur ab ipso, omnia catalla cedant defuncto, salvis uxori ipsius rationabilibus partibus suis.

23. Nullus constabularius vel ejus ballivus capiat blada vel alia catalla alicujus qui non sit de villa ubi castrum situm est, nisi statim inde reddat denarios aut respectum inde habere possit de voluntate venditoris; si autem de villa ipsa fuerit, infra quadraginta dies precium reddat.

24. Nullus constabularius distringat aliquem militem ad dandum denarios pro custodia castri, si ipse eam facere voluerit in propria persona sua, vel per alium probum hominem, si ipse eam facere non possit propter rationabilem causam, et, si nos duxerimus eum vel miserimus in exercitum, erit quietus de custodia secundum quantitatem temporis quo per nos fuerit in exercitu de feodo pro quo fecit servicium in exercitu.

25. Nullus vicecomes, vel ballivus noster, vel alius capiat equos vel carettas alicujus pro cariagio faciendo, nisi reddat liberationem antiquitus statutam, scilicet pro caretta ad duos equos decem denarios per diem, et pro caretta ad tres equos quatuordecim denarios per diem.

26. Nulla caretta dominica alicujus ecclesiastice persone vel militis vel alicujus domine capiatur per ballivos predictos.

27. Nec nos nec ballivi nostri nec alii capiemus alienum boscum ad castra vel alia agenda nostra, nisi per voluntatem illius cujus boscus ille fuerit.

28. Nos non tenebimus terras eorum qui convicti fuerint de felonia, nisi per unum annum et unum diem; et tunc reddantur terre dominis feodorum.

29. Omnes kidelli decetero deponantur penitus per Tamisiam et Medeweiam et per totam Angliam, nisi per costeram maris.

30. Breve quod vocatur Precipe decetero non fiat alicui de aliquo tenemento, unde liber homo perdat curiam suam.

31. Una mensura vini sit per totum regnum nostrum, et una mensura cervisie, et una mensura bladi, scilicet quarterium Londonie, et una latitudo pannorum tinctorum et russettorum et haubergettorum, scilicet due ulne infra listas; de ponderibus vero sit ut de mensuris.

32. Nichil detur de cetero pro brevi inquisitionis ab eo qui inquisitionem petit de vita vel membris, set gratis concedatur et non negetur.

33. Si aliquis teneat de nobis per feodifirmam vel soccagium, vel per burgagium, et de alio terram teneat per servicium militare, nos non habebimus custodiam heredis nee terre sue que est de feodo alterius, occasione illius feodifirme, vel soccagii, vel burgagii, nec habebimus custodiam illius feodifirme vel soccagii vel burgagii, nisi ipsa feodifirma debeat servicium militare. N os non habebimus custodiam heredis vel terre alicujus quam tenet de alio per servicium militare, occasione alicujus parve serjanterie quam tenet de nobis per servicium reddendi nobis cultellos, vel sagittas, vel hujusmodi.

34. Nullus ballivus ponat decetero aliquem ad legem manifestam vel ad juramentum simplici loquela sua, sine testibus fidelibus ad hoc inductis.

35. Nullus liber homo decetero capiatur vel inprisonetur aut disseisiatur de aliquo libero tenemento suo vel libertatibus vel liberis consuetudinibus suis, aut utlagetur, aut exulet, aut aliquo alio modo destruatur, nec super eum ibimus, nec super eum mittemus, nisi per legale judicium parium suorum, vel per legem terre.

36. Nulli vendemus, nulli negabimus aut differemus rectum vel justiciam.

37. Omnes mercatores, nisi publice antea prohibiti fuerint, habeant salvum et securum exire de Anglia, et venire in Angliam, et morari, et ire per Angliam tarn per terram quam per aquam ad emendum vel vendendum sine omnibus toltis malis per antiquas et rectas consuetudines, preterquam in tempore gwerre, et si sint de terra contra nos gwerrina; et si tales inveniantur in terra nostra in principio gwerre, attachientur sine dampno corporum vel rerum, donee sciatur a nobis vel a capitali justiciario nostro quomodo mercatores terre nostre tractentur, qui tunc invenientur in terra contra nos gwerrina; et, si nostri salvi sint ibi, alii salvi sint in terra nostra.

38. Si quis tenuerit de aliqua escaeta, sicut de honore Wallingefordie, Bolonie, Notingeham, Lancastrie, vel de aliis que sunt in manu nostra, et sint baronie, et obierit, heres ejus non det aliud relevium nec faciat nobis aliud servicium quam faceret baroni, si ilia esset in manu baronis; et nos eodem modo eam tenebimus quo baro eam tenuit; nec nos, occasione tabs baronie vel escaete, habebimus aliquam escaetam vel custodiam aliquorum hominum nostrorum, nisi alibi tenuerit de nobis in capite ille qui tenuit baroniam vel escaetam.

39. Nullus liber homo decetero det amplius alicui vel vendat de terra sua quam ut de residuo terre sue possit sufficienter fieri domino feodi servicium ei debitum quod pertinet ad feodum illud.

40. Omnes patroni abbatiarum qui habent cartas regum Anglie de advocatione, vel antiquam tenuram vel possessionem, habeant earum custodiam cum vacaverint, sicut habere debent, et sicut supra declaratum est.

41. Nullus capiatur vel imprisonetur propter appellum femine de morte alterius quam viri sui.

42. Nullus comitatus decetero teneatur, nisi de mense in mensem; et, ubi major terminus esse solebat, major sit. Nec aliquis vicecomes vel ballivus faciat turnum suum per hundredum nisi bis in anno et non nisi in loco debito et consueto, videlicet semel post Pascha et iterum post festum sancti Michaelis. Et visus de franco plegio tunc fiat ad ilium terminum sancti Michaelis sine occasione, ita scilicet quod quilibet habeat libertates suas quas habuit et habere consuevit tempore regis Henrici avi nostri, vel quas postea perquisivit. Fiat autem visus de franco plegio sic, videlicet quod pax nostra teneatur, et quod tethinga integra sit sicut esse consuevit, et quod vicecomes non querat occasiones, et quod contentus sit eo quod vicecomes habere consuevit de visu suo faciendo tempore regis Henrici avi nostri.

43. Non liceat alicui decetero dare terram suam alicui domui religiose, ita quod eam resumat tenendam de eadem domo, nec liceat alicui domui religiose terram alicujus sic accipere quod tradat eam illi a quo ipsam receperit tenendam. Si quis autem de cetero terram suam alicui domui religiose sic dederit, et super hoc convincatur, donum suum penitus cassetur, et terra illa domino suo illius feodi incurratur.

44. Scutagium decetero capiatur sicut capi consuevit tempore regis Henrici avi nostri.

45. Omnes autem istas consuetudines predictas et libertates quas concessimus in regno nostro tenendas quantum ad nos pertinet erga nostros, omnes de regno nostro tam clerici quam laici observent quantum ad se pertinet erga suos.

46. Salvis archiepiscopis, episcopis, abbatibus, prioribus, templariis, hospitalariis, comitibus, baronibus et omnibus aliis tam ecclesiasticis personis quam secularibus, libertatibus et liberis consuetudinibus quas prius habuerunt.

47. Statuimus etiam, de communi consilio tocius regni nostri, quod omnia castra adulterina, videlicet ea que a principio guerre mote inter dominum Johannem patrem nostrum et barones suos Anglie constructa fuerint vel reedificata, statim diruantur. Quia vero nondum habuimus sigillum hanc [cartam] sigillis domini legati predicti et comitis Willelmi Mariscalli rectoris [nostri] et regni nostri fecimus sigillari.

VIII. CARTA DE FORESTA.[1107] (6 NOVEMBER, 1217.)

-----

Footnote 1107:

See supra, pp. 171-2. The text is taken from that of the Statutes of the Realm, I. 20-21.

-----

Henricus Dei gratia rex Anglie, dominus Hibernie, dux Normannie, Aquitanie et comes Andegavie, archiepiscopis, episcopis, abbatibus, prioribus, comitibus, baronibus, justiciariis, forestariis, vicecomitibus, prepositis, ministris, et omnibus ballivis et fidelibus suis, salutem. Sciatis quod, intuitu Dei et pro salute anime nostre et animarum antecessorum et successorum nostrorum, ad exaltacionem Sancte Ecclesie et emendacionem regni nostri, concessimus et hac presenti carta confirmavimus pro nobis et heredibus nostris in perpetuum, de consilio venerabilis patris nostri domini Gualonis tituli sancti Martini presbiteri cardinalis et apostolice sedis legati, domini Walteri Eboracensis archiepiscopi, Willelmi Londoniensis episcopi, et aliorum episcoporum Anglie, et Willelmi Marescalli comitis Penbrocie, rectoris nostri et regni nostri, et aliorum fidelium comitum et baronum nostrorum Anglie, has libertates subscriptas tenendas in regno nostro Anglie, in perpetuum:

1. In primis omnes foreste quas Henricus rex avus noster afforestavit videantur per bonos et legales homines et, si boscum aliquem alium quam suum dominicum afforestaverit ad dampnum illius cujus boscus fuerit, deafforestentur. Et si boscum suum proprium afforestaverit, remaneat foresta, salva communa de herbagio et aliis in eadem foresta, illis qui eam prius habere consueverunt.

2. Homines qui manent extra forestam non veniant decetero coram justiciariis nostris de foresta per communes summoniciones, nisi sint in placito, vel plegii alicujus vel aliquorum qui attachiati sunt propter forestam.

3. Omnes autem bosci qui fuerunt afforestati per regem Ricardum avunculum nostrum, vel per regem Johannem patrem nostrum usque ad primam coronacionem nostram, statim deafforestentur, nisi fuerit dominicus boscus noster.

4. Archiepiscopi, episcopi, abbates, priores, comites et barones et milites et libere tenentes, qui boscos suos habent in forestis, habeant boscos suos sicut eos habuerunt tempore prime coronacionis predicti regis Henrici avi nostri, ita quod quieti sint in perpetuum de omnibus purpresturis, vastis et assartis factis in illis boscis, post illud tempus usque ad principium secundi anni coronacionis nostre. Et qui de cetero vastum, purpresturam, vel assartum sine licencia nostra in illis fecerint, de vastis et assartis respondeant.

5. Reguardores nostri eant per forestas ad faciendum reguardum sicut fieri consuevit tempore prime coronacionis predicti regis Henrici avi nostri, et non aliter.

6. Inquisicio, vel visus de expeditacione canum existencium in foresta, decetero fiat quando debet fieri reguardum, scilicet de tercio anno in tercium annum; et tunc fiat per visum et testimonium legalium hominum et non aliter. Et ille, cujus canis inventus fuerit tunc non expeditatus, det pro misericordia tres solidos; et de cetero nullus bos capiatur pro expeditacione. Talis autem sit expeditacio per assisam communiter quod tres ortilli abscidantur sine pelota de pede anteriori; nec expeditentur canes de cetero, nisi in locis ubi consueverunt expeditari tempore prime coronacionis regis Henrici avi nostri.

7. Nullus forestarius vel bedellus decetero faciat scotale, vel colligat garbas, vel avenam, vel bladum aliud, vel agnos, vel porcellos, nec aliquam collectam faciant; et per visum et sacramentum duodecim reguardorum quando facient reguardum, tot forestarii ponantur ad forestas custodiendas, quot ad illas custodiendas rationabiliter viderint sufficere.

8. Nullum suanimotum de cetero teneatur in regno nostro nisi ter in anno; videlicet in principio quindecim dierum ante festum Sancti Michaelis, quando agistatores conveniunt ad agistandum dominicos boscos nostros; et circa festum Sancti Martini quando agistatores nostri debent recipere pannagium nostrum; et ad ista duo suanimota conveniant forestarii, viridarii, et agistatores, et nullus alius per districtionem; et tercium suanimotum teneatur in inicio quindecim dierum ante festum Sancti Johannis Baptiste, pro feonacione bestiarum nostrarum; et ad istud suanimotum tenendum convenient forestarii et viridarii et nulli alii per districtionem. Et preterea singulis quadraginta diebus per totum annum conveniant viridarii et forestarii ad videndum attachiamenta de foresta, tam de viridi, quam de venacione, per presentacionem ipsorum forestariorum, et coram ipsis attachiatis. Predicta autem suanimota non teneantur nisi in comitatibus in quibus teneri consueverunt.

9. Unusquisque liber homo agistet boscum suum in foresta pro voluntate sua et habeat pannagium suum. Concedimus eciam quod unusquisque liber homo possit ducere porcos suos per dominicum boscum nostrum, libere et sine inpedimento, ad agistandum eos in boscis suis propriis, vel alibi ubi voluerit. Et si porci alicujus liberi hominis una nocte pernoctaverint in foresta nostra, non inde occasionetur ita quod aliquid de suo perdat.

10. Nullus de cetero amittat vitam vel menbra pro venacione nostra; set, si aliquis captus fuerit et convictus de capcione venacionis, graviter redimatur, si habeat unde redimi possit; et si non habeat unde redimi possit, jaceat in prisona nostra per unum annum et unum diem; et, si post unum annum et unum diem plegios invenire possit, exeat a prisona; sin autem, adjuret regnum Anglie.

11. Quicunque archiepiscopus, episcopus, comes vel baro transient per forestam nostram, liceat ei capere unam vel duas bestias per visum forestarii, si presens fuerit; sin autem, faciat cornari, ne videatur furtive hoc facere.

12. Unusquisque liber homo decetero sine occasione faciat in bosco suo, vel in terra sua quam habeat in foresta, molendinum, vivarium, stagnum, marleram, fossatum, vel terram arabilem extra cooperatum in terra arabili, ita quod non sit ad nocumentum alicujus vicini.

13. Unusquisque liber homo habeat in boscis suis aereas, ancipitrum et spervariorum et falconum, aquilarum, et de heyrinis et habeat similiter mel quod inventum fuerit in boscis suis.

14. Nullus forestarius de cetero, qui non sit forestarius de feudo reddens nobis firmam pro balliva sua, capiat chiminagium aliquod in balliva sua; forestarius autem de feudo firmam nobis reddens pro balliva sua capiat chiminagium, videlicet pro careta per dimidium annum duos denarios, et per alium dimidium annum duos denarios, et pro equo qui portat sumagium per dimidium annum unum obolum, et per alium dimidium annum obolum, et non nisi de illis qui de extra ballivam suam, tanquam mercatores, veniunt per licenciam suam in ballivam suam ad buscam, meremium, corticem vel carbonem emendum, et alias ducendum ad vendendum ubi voluerint: et de nulla alia careta vel sumagio aliquod chiminagium capiatur: et non capiatur chiminagium nisi in locis illis ubi antiquitus capi solebat et debuit. Illi autem qui portant super dorsum suum buscam, corticem, vel carbonem, ad vendendum, quamvis inde vivant, nullum de cetero dent chiminagium. De boscis autem aliorum nullum detur chiminagium forestariis nostris, preterquam de dominicis boscis nostris.

15. Omnes utlagati pro foresta tantum a tempore regis Henrici avi nostri usque ad primam coronacionem nostram, veniant ad pacem nostram sine inpedimento, et salvos plegios inveniant quod de cetero non forisfaciant nobis de foresta nostra.

16. Nullus castellanus vel alius ten eat placita de foresta sive de viridi sive de venacione, sed quilibet forestarius de feudo attachiet placita de foresta tam de viridi quam de venacione, et ea presentet viridariis provinciarum et cum irrotulata fuerint et sub sigillis viridariorum inclusa, presententur capitali forestario cum in partes illas venerit ad tenendum placita foreste, et coram eo terminentur.

17. Has autem libertates de forestis concessimus omnibus, salvis archiepiscopis, episcopis, abbatibus, prioribus, comitibus, baronibus, militibus et aliis tam personis ecclesiasticis quam secularibus, Templariis et Hospitalariis, libertatibus et liberis consuetudinibus in forestis et extra, in warennis et aliis, quas prius habuerunt. Omnes autem istas consuetudines predictas et libertates, quas concessimus in regno nostro tenendas quantum ad nos pertinet erga nostros, omnes de regno nostro tam clerici quam laici observent quantum ad se pertinet erga suos. Quia vero sigillum nondum habuimus, presentem cartam sigillis venerabilis patris nostri domini Gualonis tituli Sancti Martini presbiteri cardinalis, apostolice sedis legati, et Willelmi Marescalli comitis Penbrok, rectoris nostri et regni nostri, fecimus sigillari. Testibus prenominatis et aliis multis. Datum per manus predictorum domini legati et Willelmi Marescalli apud Sanctum Paulum Londonie, sexto die Novembris, anno regni nostri secundo.

SELECT BIBLIOGRAPHY AND LIST OF AUTHORITIES REFERRED TO.

I. COMMENTARIES AND OTHER WORKS ON MAGNA CARTA (CHRONOLOGICALLY ARRANGED).

1. The Mirror of Justices, edited by William Joseph Whittaker (Selden Society); 1895. 2. Edward Coke, Second Institute, 1641; 17th edition, 1817. 3. Edward Cooke, Magna Charta made in the ninth year of King Henry III. and confirmed by King Edward I. in the twentieth year of his reign; 1684. 4. William Blackstone, The Great Charter and Charter of the Forest, to which is prefixed the History of the Charters; 1759. 5. Daines Barrington, Observations upon the Statutes from Magna Charta to 21 James I.; 1766. 6. Francis Stoughton Sullivan, An Historical Treatise on the Feudal Law, with a Commentary on Magna Charta; 1772. 7. Richard Thomson, An Historical Essay on the Magna Charta of King John; 1829. 8. Thaddaeus Lau, Die Entstehungsgeschichte der Magna Charta; 1856. 9. Charles Bémont, Chartes des Libertés Anglaises; 1892. 10. Boyd C. Barrington, The Magna Charta and other Great Charters of England; 1900. 11. Elemér Hantos, The Magna Carta of the English and of the Hungarian Constitution; 1904.

II. CHRONICLES AND ANNALS.

1. Annals of Dunstable, edited by Henry Richards Luard (Rolls Series); 1866. 2. Annals of Waverley, edited by Henry Richards Luard (Rolls Series); 1865. 3. Benedict Abbot, Gesta Regis Henrici Secundi, edited by William Stubbs (Rolls Series); 1867. 4. Jocelyn of Brakelond, Chronica de rebus gestis Samsonis Abbatis Monasterii Sancti Edmundi, edited by John Gage Rokewode (Camden Society); 1840. 5. Matthew Paris, Chronica Majora, edited by Henry Richards Luard (Rolls Series); 1872. 6. Memorials of St. Dunstan, edited by William Stubbs (Bulls Series); 1874. 7. Ralph of Coggeshall, Chronicon Anglicanum, edited by Joseph Stevenson (Rolls Series); 1875. 8. Roger of Hoveden, Chronica, edited by William Stubbs (Rolls Series); 1868-1871. 9. Roger of Wendover, Chronica sive Flores Historiarum, edited by Henry Octavius Coxe (Eng. Hist. Society); 1841. 10. Walter of Coventry, Memoriale, edited by William Stubbs (Rolls Series); 1872. 11. Walter of Hemingburgh, Chronicon de Gestis Regum Angliae, edited by Hans Claude Hamilton (Eng. Hist. Society); 1848-9. 12. William of Malmesbury, Gesta Regum Anglorum, edited by William Stubbs (Rolls Series); 1887-9.

III. COLLECTIONS OF STATUTES, CHARTERS, AND TREATIES.

1. Statutes of the Realm (Record Commission); 1810-28. 2. Statutes at Large. 3. Acts of the Parliament of Scotland from 1124 to 1707, edited by Thomas Thomson and Cosmo Innes; 1814-75. 4. Rotuli Litterarum Clausarum in Turri Londinensi Asservata, edited by Thomas Duffus Hardy (Record Commission); 1833. 5. Rotuli Litterarum Patentum in Turri Londinensi Asservata, edited by Thomas Duffus Hardy (Record Commission); 1835. 6. Rotuli Chartarum in Turri Londinensi Asservata, edited by Thomas Duffus Hardy (Record Commission); 1837. 7. Rotuli de Oblatis et Finibus, edited by Thomas Duffus Hardy (Record Commission); 1835-6. 8. Rotuli Parliamentorum; 1832. 9. Rotuli Hundredorum (Record Commission); 1812-18. 10. Testa de Neville sive Liber Feodorum (Record Commission); 1807. 11. The Red Book of the Exchequer, edited by Hubert Hall (Rolls Series); 1896. 12. _Munimenta Gildhallae Londoniensis: Liber Albus, Liber Custumarum et Liber Horn_, edited by Henry Thomas Riley (Rolls Series); 1859-62. 13. Thomas Rymer, _Foedera, Conventiones, Litterae, et cujuscunque generis acta publica_; 4th edition (Record Commission); 1816-69 (referred to throughout as “New Rymer”). 14. Ancient Charters, Royal and Private, edited by John Horace Round (Pipe Roll Society, vol. 10); 1888. 15. Jean Luc D’Achery, Vetorum Scriptorum Spicilegium; 1655-77. 16. Hemingi Chartularum Ecclesiae Wigornensis, edited by Thomas Hearne; 1723. 17. August Potthast, Regesta Pontificum Romanorum; 1874-5. 18. Alexandre Teulet, Layettes du Trésor; 1863. 19. William Stubbs, _Select Charters and other Illustrations of English Constitutional History_; 7th edition, 1890. 20. George Walter Prothero, _Select Statutes and other Constitutional Documents illustrative of the reigns of Elizabeth and James I._; 1894. 21. Samuel Rawson Gardiner, _The Constitutional Documents of the Puritan Revolution_; 1889. 22. Walter de Gray Birch, _Historical Charters and Constitutional Documents of the City of London_; 1887.

IV. COLLECTIONS OF PLEAS, TRIALS, AND OTHER RECORD EVIDENCE.

1. Placitorum Abbreviatio, Richard I. to Edward II. (Record Commission); 1811. 2. Melville Madison Bigelow, Placita Anglo-Normannica; 1879. 3. Bracton’s Note Book: a Collection of Cases, edited by Frederic William Maitland; 1887. 4. Thomas Bayly Howell and Thomas Jones Howell, _Complete Collection of State Trials_; 1809-28 (referred to as “State Trials”). 5. Select Pleas of the Crown, edited by Frederic William Maitland (Selden Society); 1888. 6. Select Pleas in Manorial and other Seignorial Courts, edited by Frederic William Maitland (Selden Society); 1889. 7. Select Pleas of the Forest, edited by George James Turner (Selden Society); 1901. 8. _Select Pleas, Starrs, and other Records from the Rolls of the Exchequer of the Jews_, edited by James McMullen Rigg (Selden Society); 1902. 9. Year Books of the Reign of Edward I., edited by Alfred John Horwood and Luke Owen Pike (Rolls Series); 1863-1901. 10. Year Books of Edward II., 1307–1309, edited by Frederic William Maitland (Selden Society); 1903. 11. Great Roll of the Pipe for the Twelfth Year of Henry II. (Pipe Roll Society, vol. 9); 1888. 12. Thomas Madox, _History and Antiquities of the Exchequer of the Kings of England_; 2nd edition, 1769 (referred to throughout as “Madox”). 13. Thomas Madox, Firma Burgi; 1726. 14. Thomas Madox, Baronia Anglica; 1741.

V. LEGAL TREATISES—MEDIEVAL.

1. Ranulf Glanvill, _Tractatus de Legibus et Consuetudinibus Regni Angliae_. 2. Richard, son of Nigel, _De necessariis Observantibus Scaccarii Dialogus_ (commonly called Dialogus de Scaccario), edited by Arthur Hughes, C. G. Crump, and C. Johnson; 1902. 3. Henry de Bracton, De legibus et consuetudinibus Angliae, edited by Sir Travers Twiss (Rolls Series); 1878-83. 4. Fleta, Commentarius Juris Anglicani; edition of 1647. 5. Thomas Littleton, Treatise of Tenures; edition of 1841.

VI. LEGAL TREATISES—MODERN.

1. William Reynell Anson, The Law and Custom of the Constitution; 2nd edition, 1892. 2. William Blackstone, Commentaries on the Laws of England; edition of 1826. 3. Edward Coke, Institutes of the Laws of England; 17th edition, 1817. (The First Institute is generally referred to as “Coke on Littleton.”) 4. Encyclopaedia of the Laws of England, edited by Alexander Wood Renton; 1897-8. 5. Matthew Hale, Historia Placitorum Coronae; 1736. 6. Edward Jenks, Modern Land Law; 1899. 7. John Manwood, A Treatise and Discourse of the Laws of the Forest; 1598. 8. Henry John Stephen, Commentaries on the Laws of England; 13th edition, 1899. 9. James Bradley Thayer, _A Preliminary Treatise on Evidence at the Common Law_; 1898.

VII. LEGAL AND CONSTITUTIONAL HISTORIES.

1. Melville Madison Bigelow, History of Procedure in England; 1880. 2. Heinrich Brunner, Die Entstehung der Schwurgerichte; 1871. 3. Edward Creasy, Progress of the English Constitution; 1874. 4. Rudolf Gneist, The History of the English Constitution, translated by Philip A. Ashworth; edition of 1891. 5. Rudolf Gneist, The English Parliament in its Transformations through a Thousand Years, translated by A. H. Keane; 1887. 6. William Searle Holdsworth, A History of English Law, vol. 1; 1903. 7. Dudley Julius Medley, A Student’s Manual of English Constitutional History; 2nd edition, 1898. 8. Stuart Archibald Moore and Hubert Stuart Moore, The History and Law of Fisheries; 1903. 9. Frederic Pollock and Frederic William Maitland, The History of English Law before the time of Edward I.; 1st edition, 1895 (referred to throughout as “Pollock and Maitland”). 10. Luke Owen Pike, A Constitutional History of the House of Lords, from original sources; 1894. 11. John Reeves, History of English Law; 3rd edition, 1783–4. 12. James Fitzjames Stephen, A History of the Criminal Law in England; 1893. 13. William Stubbs, The Constitutional History of England in its Origin and Development: (a) vol. 1, 6th edition, 1897; (b) vol. 2, 4th edition, 1894; (c) vol. 3, 5th edition, 1896. 14. Thomas Pitt Taswell-Langmead, English Constitutional History from the Teutonic Conquest to the Present Time; 5th edition, 1896. 15. Hannis Taylor, The Origin and Growth of the English Constitution; 1898.

VIII. GENERAL HISTORIES.

1. Robert Brady, Complete History of England; 1685. 2. Henry Care, _English Liberties in the Freeborn Subjects’ Inheritance_; 1719. 3. John Richard Green, A Short History of the English People; edition of 1875. 4. Robert Henry, History of Great Britain; 6th edition, 1806. 5. John Lingard, A History of England to 1688; 1819-30. 6. James Mackintosh, History of England; edition of 1853. 7. Goldwin Smith, The United Kingdom: a Political History; 1899. 8. James Tyrrell, History of England, 1697–1704.

IX. HISTORIES OF SPECIAL PERIODS.

1. Mary Bateson, Mediaeval England (Story of the Nations Series); 1903. 2. Edward Augustus Freeman, The Norman Conquest of England; 1870-9. 3. Edward Augustus Freeman, The Reign of William Rufus; 1882. 4. Samuel Rawson Gardiner, _History of England from the Accession of James I. to the Outbreak of the Civil War_; 1883-4. 5. Henry Hallam, View of the State of Europe during the Middle Ages; 7th edition, 1837. 6. John Mitchell Kemble, Saxons in England; 1849. 7. Kate Norgate, England under Angevin Kings; 1887. 8. Kate Norgate, John Lackland; 1902. 9. Charles Pearson, _A History of England during the Early and Middle Ages_; 1867. 10. George Walter Prothero, _The Life of Simon de Montfort, Earl of Leicester_; 1877. 11. James Henry Ramsay, The Foundations of England; 1898. 12. James Henry Ramsay, The Angevin Empire; 1903.

X. MISCELLANEOUS.

1. Robert Brady, A Full and Clear Answer; 1683. 2. Émile Boutmy, Etudes de Droit Constitutionnel; 1885. 3. Edmund Burke, Works; edition of 1837 (Boston). 4. Stephen Dowell, History of Taxation and Taxes in England; 1884. 5. Hubert Hall, History of the Customs Revenue in England; 1885. 6. Charles Gross, Preface to Select Cases from the Coroners’ Rolls (Selden Society); 1896. 7. Gaillard Thomas Lapsley, The County Palatine of Durham; 1900. 8. Henry Richards Luard, Preface to vol. 2 of Matthew Paris, _Chronica Majora_ (Rolls Series); 1872. 9. Achille Luchaire, Communes Françaises, 1890. 10. John Luffman, Charters of London; 1793. 11. George Neilson, Trial by Combat; 1890. 12. John Noorthouck, A New History of London; 1773. 13. Jesse Macy, _The English Constitution; a Commentary on its nature and growth_, 1897. 14. Frederic William Maitland, Township and Borough; 1898. 15. Frederic William Maitland, in Social England, edited by Henry Duff Trail, vol. 1; 1st edition, 1893. 16. Frederic William Maitland, Preface to Select Pleas of the Crown (Selden Society); 1888. 17. Frederic William Maitland, Preface to _Select Pleas in Manorial and other Seignorial Courts_ (Selden Society); 1889. 18. Frederic William Maitland, Preface to The Mirror of Justices (Selden Society); 1895. 19. Charles de Montesquieu, De l’Esprit des Lois; edition of 1750, Edinburgh. 20. Frederic Pollock, Essays in Jurisprudence and Ethics; 1894. 21. James McMullen Rigg, Preface to _Select Pleas, Starrs, and other Records from the Rolls of the Exchequer of the Jews_ (Selden Society); 1902. 22. Oskar Rössler, _Kaiserin Mathilde und das Zeitalter der Anarchie in England_; 1897. 23. John Horace Round, editorial notes to _Ancient Charters, Royal and Private_ (Pipe Roll Society, vol. 10); 1888. 24. John Horace Round, _Geoffrey de Mandeville: a Study of the Anarchy_; 1892. 25. John Horace Round, _Feudal England: Historical Studies of the Eleventh and Twelfth Centuries_; 1895. 26. John Horace Round, The Commune of London and other Studies; 1899. 27. Frederic Seebohm, _The English Village Community: an Essay on Economic History_; 1883. 28. William Stubbs, Preface to Walter of Coventry, Memoriale (Rolls Series); 1872. 29. George James Turner, Preface to Select Pleas of the Forest (Selden Society); 1901. 30. Paul Vinogradoff, _Villainage in England: Essays in English Mediaeval History_; 1892.

XI. CONTRIBUTIONS TO PERIODICAL LITERATURE.

1. George B. Adams, London and the Commune, in Engl. Hist. Rev. for October, 1904; xix. 706. 2. Mary Bateson, A London Municipal Collection of the Reign of John, in Engl. Hist. Rev. for July, 1902; xii. 480. 3. G. H. Blakesley, Manorial Jurisdiction, in Law Quarterly Review for April, 1889; v. 113. 4. Hubert Hall, An Unknown Charter of Liberties, in Engl. Hist. Rev. for April, 1894; ix. 326. 5. Edward Jenks, The Story of the Habeas Corpus, in Law Quarterly Review for January, 1902; xviii. 64. 6. Edward Jenks, The Myth of Magna Carta, in Independent Review for November, 1904; iv. 260. 7. Frederic William Maitland, Review of Dr. Charles Gross’s The Early Historical Influence of the Office of Coroner, in Engl. Hist. Rev. for

October, 1903; viii. 758.

8. Cardinal Manning, The Pope and Magna Charta, in Contemporary Review for December, 1875 (subsequently reprinted 1885, Baltimore). 9. George Walter Prothero, An unknown Charter of Liberties, in Engl. Hist. Rev. for January, 1894; ix. 117. 10. John Horace Round, An unknown Charter of Liberties, in Engl. Hist. Rev. for April, 1893; viii. 288. 11. John Horace Round, The Great Assize, in The Athenaeum for 28th January, 1899; p. 113. 12. H. B. Simpson, The Office of Constable, in Engl. Hist. Rev. for October, 1895; x. 625.

XII. REPORTS, BIBLIOGRAPHIES, AND DICTIONARIES.

1. Reports from the Lords’ Committee appointed to search the Journals of the House, Rolls of Parliament, and other Records for all matters touching the Dignity of a Peer; 1st Report, 1820. 2. Reports from the Select Committee appointed to inquire into the state of the Public Records of the Kingdom (Record Commission); 1800. 3. Report on Manuscripts in Various Collections (Historical Manuscripts Commission); 1901. 4. Charles Gross, The Sources and Literature of English History; 1900. 5. Robert Watt, Bibliotheca Britannica; 1824. 6. William Thomas Lowndes, The Bibliographer’s Manual of English Literature; 1857-64. 7. Dictionary of National Biography, edited by Leslie Stephen and Sidney Lee; 1885-1900.

INDEX TO STATUTES.

Page 20 Henry III. c. 6, 78, 252 c. 9, 504 c. 11, 247 n., 492 n. 52 Henry III. c. 15, 264 n. c. 16, 78 n., 248 n., 324 n. c. 29, 412, 413 n. 3 Edward I. c. 1, 247 n., 366 c. 6, 345 c. 7, 388 n. c. 10, 371 c. 11, 424, 433 n. c. 12, 400 c. 20, 247 n. c. 21, 245 c. 32, 387, 388 n., 393 c. 36, 81, 306 c. 41, 520 n. c. 48, 248 4 Edward I. (Stat. of Rageman), 331 n. 6 Edward I. c. 1, 177 n. c. 4, 67, 259 n. c. 5, 245 c. 9, 424, 425 7 Edward I. 178 13 Edward I. c. 4, 247 n. c. 5, 325 n. c. 9, 424 c. 13, 364 c. 29, 420 n., 424 c. 30, 327, 330, 333 c. 39, 330 c. 47, 357 18 Edward I. 178 27 Edward I. c. 3, 330 28 Edward I. c. 4, 316 c. 5, 315 c. 7, 370 c. 12, 264 c. 14, 375 Stat. 3, c. 13, 366 n. Statutes of uncertain date. Statute of Jewry, 271, 274 Praerogativa Regis, 398, 397 n. Consuetudines et Assisae de foresta, 501 1 Edward III. Stat. 2, c. 1, 510 c. 13, 481 c. 17, 364 n. 2 Edward III. c. 2, 330 c. 9, 465 n., 472 c. 11, 310 n. 4 Edward III. c. 15, 376 n. 5 Edward III. c. 9, 441 n. 9 Edward III. c. 1, 472 14 Edward III. Stat. 1, c. 9, 376 n. c. 21, 465 n. Stat. 2, 281 Stat. 4, c. 4, 250 c. 5, 250 25 Edward III. Stat. 3, c. 4, 404 Stat. 4, c. 7, 472 n. Stat. 5, c. 4, 441 c. 11, 82 27 Edward III. Stat. 2, c. 8, 440 28 Edward III. c. 13, 440 37 Edward III. c. 18, 441 38 Edward III. c. 3, 441-2 n. 42 Edward III. c. 1, 185, 424 n. c. 3, 442 n. 2 Richard II. Stat. 1, c. 1, 473 n. 5 Richard II. Stat. 1, c. 2, 485 6 Richard II. c. 5, 333 n. c. 6, 529 n. 11 Richard II. c. 7, 473 n. c. 11, 333 n. 17 Richard II. c. 6, 442 n. c. 9, 405 n. 4 Henry IV. c. 5, 376 n. c. 11, 404 n. 5 Henry IV. c. 10, 370 c. 14, 425 n. 1 Edward IV. c. 2, 364 n. 12 Edward IV. c. 7, 404 1 Richard III. c. 8, 415 n. 3 Henry VII. c. 1 (s. 11), 426 32 Henry VIII. c. 46, 248 1 Edward VI. c. 14, 481 c. 12 (s. 16), 253 n. 4 James I. c. 1 (s. 22), 475-6 3 Charles I. c. 1, 390, 442, 459 16 Charles I. c. 16, 501, 511 12 Charles II. c. 24, 67, 70, 72 n., 248, 387 13 Charles II. c. 8, 387, 392 n. 12 George III. c. 20, 400-1 54 George III. c. 145, 401 n. 57 George III. c. 61, 502 59 George III. c. 46, 421, 427 8 George IV. c. 28, 401 3 and 4 William IV. c. 27, 320 n. c. 106 (s. 10), 401 5 and 6 William IV. c. 76 (s. 14), 473 14 and 15 Victoria, c. 42, 502 15 and 16 Victoria, c. 76, 434 33 and 34 Victoria, c. 14, 477 c. 23, 401 37 and 38 Victoria, c. 94, 70, 80 50 and 51 Victoria, c. 35, 360 n.

INDEX.

Abbeys, 505-7, 526.

Advowson, 325, 506. (See also Presentment.)

Agistors, 488.

Aids (feudal), 72, 80-2, 275, 276-7, 292, 301-6, 308.

Aids (general), 277-81.

Alexander II. (King of Scots), 252, 537, 541-3.

Aliens. (See Foreigners.)

Allegiance, 474, 477-8.

Amercements, 88, 141, 334-351, 530-3.

Anglo-Saxon period, 5, 7, 9.

Anselm, 21, 226, 239, 249.

Anson, Sir William R., 127 n., 292 n., 298 n.

Appeal (to a higher court), 10, 14.

Appeal (or accusation), 108, 160, 161, 371, 418, 425-7, 527-30.

Arbitrary imprisonment. (See Imprisonment.)

Aristotle, 6.

Arthur (John’s nephew), 219, 243, 516, 540 n.

Articles of the Barons, 39, 44-5, 143, 151, 171, 200-2, 223, 230, 232, 252, 277, 279, 292, 332, 350, 355, 363, 436, 438, 443, 444, 452, 524, 526, 531, 535-6, 549, 561; text of, 570.

Ashford v. Thornton, 426-7.

Assize (different meanings of), 320 n.

Assize of Arms, 15.

Assize of Clarendon, 14, 74, 107, 160, 293 n., 397-8, 399, 431, 432, 436.

Assize of Measures, 371, 414-7.

Assize of Northampton, 107, 160, 243, 319 n., 324, 327 n., 370, 397.

Assize of Wine, 415-7.

Assize of Woodstock, 337 n., 483, 484, 487, 496, 497 n., 498, 499.

Assize (Grand), 109, 162, 321-3, 324, 325, 406, 407-8, 411, 412.

Assizes (Petty), 109, 111, 162-3, 176, 317-33, 407, 412. (See also Justice of Assize.)

Attainder, 74, 401.

Bailiffs, 358, 372, 376, 385, 392, 393, 430, 431, 432 n., 435, 467, 502.

Barons, (legal position of), 103, 152, 229, 232, 236, 293, 295-7, 346-9, 474.

Barons (John’s and Henry’s)— their motives, 59, 64, 139-140, 140 n., 143, 469-70, 534, 543-5; their grievances, 58-112, 229, 262-3, 307, 492, 495, 503-4, 507; their policy, 62, 82-3, 107, 111, 144, 148, 165, 173, 452; their various factions, 220-1.

Barons’ War (against Henry III.), 147, 168, 471.

Barony, 76, 232, 235-6. (See also Honour.)

Barrington (Hon. Daines), 209, 245 n., 256-7.

Bateson, Miss Mary, 68-9, 285 n.

Battle. (See Trial by combat.)

Becket (Thomas à), 15, 224, 225, 294.

Bémont, Charles, 207, 210-1, 565 n.

Bench. (See King’s Bench and Common Pleas.)

Benefit of clergy. (See Clergy.)

Bigelow, M. M., 316 n., 408, 430 n., 438 n., 441 n.

Bishops, 366, 379, 382, 498, 515 n.; as holders of baronies, 22, 76, 83, 238, 248, 294; election of, 22, 23, 166, 226-7, 251-2; Crown’s wardship over, 76, 117, 121, 224, 225, 249, 250, 506; pay scutage, 87; no relief, 238-9, 249.

Blackstone, Sir William, 47, 50 n., 53, 58, 65, 72 n., 78, 89, 130, 134, 169 n., 171, 175 n., 179 n., 182 n., 197, 198, 199, 201, 206, 209, 248 n., 259 n., 319 n., 328 n., 386 n., 403 n., 419, 437 n., 448 n., 502, 551 n.

Blench tenure in Scotland, 69 n.

Bloodfeud, 334-5, 418.

Boroughs, 277-80, 284, 291, 376, 415, 468-9; privileges of, 26, 284, 415, 468; obligations of, 376.

Bot, 335.

Boutmy, Émile, 120.

Bouvines (Battle of), 37.

Bracton, 80 n., 244, 253, 259 n., 272, 345, 348, 383, 396 n., 399, 418 n., 422, 481 n., 527 n., 529.

Bréauté, Falkes de, 176, 521, 522.

Bridges, obligation to repair, 352-8.

Briwere, William, 181, 184.

Burgage tenure, 69-70, 76, 427-9.

Burgess, 136, 252. (See also Merchant.)

Burke, Edmund, 156 n.

Canonical election, 22-3, 28, 39, 506. (See also Bishops.)

Capitulary of Kiersey, 73.

Carta de foresta. (See Forest.)

Cartae (of 1166), 15.

Castellans. (See Constables.)

Castles, private, 10, 176, 179, 258, 516, 523, 560.

Castles, royal, 176, 268-9, 390-1, 393.

Central government, problem of, 16-20.

Champions, in duel, 527; king’s, 68.

Chancery, 16, 108, 401; Court of, 312, 476-7.

Charter, John’s Great: date when sealed, 48, 564 n.; its prototypes, 113-23; historical antecedents, 4-5, 7, 58-112, 123, 210-1; historical sequel to, 164-93; its form, 123-9, 182; its contents and characteristics, 129-44; how far a baronial manifesto, 133-9; its value, 144-50; its defects, 150-4, 186, 187, 413, 504, 554-61; its traditional interpretations, 154-63, 437; how far declaratory, 130-2, 364-5, 405; its relations to Henry II.’s, reforms, 123, 130, 131-2, 318, 320-8, 363, 398, 439, 449; how far reactionary, 132-3, 406, 409, 413, 449; its practical nature, 144, 153 n., 437; its attitude towards Church and clergy, 139, 222-7, 250, 474-7, 506; towards boroughs and traders, 50, 140, 277-81, 284-91, 463-73; towards tenants of mesne lords, 139-40, 301-6, 410-1, 478-81, 543-5; towards lower classes, 133-5, 141, 508-9; towards villeins, 133, 141-3; its sanction, 137-8, 150-1, 152-3, 165, 187, 193, 547-61; variations from Articles of Barons, 50, 139, 140, 151, 223, 252, 277, 279, 292, 332-3, 350, 363, 436, 512, 524, 526, 536-7; exaggerated estimates of, 144, 146, 149, 155-7, 275, 292, 437; manuscripts of, 194-200; restored by Prince Louis, 194-200. (See also Table of Contents.)

Charter, Henry III.’s first reissue (1216), 57, 165, 227, 382 n., 388, 392, 405, 432, 506; its additions, 240-1, 250, 252, 258, 264, 290, 470, 506; its omissions, 166-9, 270, 274, 351, 355, 385, 474, 500, 504, 508; its respiting clause, 168-9, 172, 355 n., 508, 514; on wardship, 240-1, 248, 250, 506; on rights of Church and clergy, 250, 351, 474; on marriage, 252; on quarantine, 258; on debtors, 264, 382 n.; on Jews, 270, 274; on aids and scutages, 276, 283, 301, 304, 305; on merchants, 470.

Charter, Henry III.’s second reissue (1217), 142, 151, 388, 391, 392, 410 n., 514, 545; its omissions, 151, 175, 382 n.; its additions, 142, 172-179, 355-6, 391, 432-3, 444, 448, 480, 506, 545; its reactionary side, 173-4, 177; on widows’ rights, 255, 258, 382 n.; on scutages, 172-3, 276, 283-4, 300; on petty assizes, 326, 327, 327-8, 333; on villeins, 343, 448, 449 n.; on clergy, 351; text of, 580.

Charter, Henry III.’s third reissue (1225), 168 n., 181, 183, 184, 228, 364, 410 n., 506 n., 508, 509; its additions, 181-2, 228-9, 382 n.; marks final form of Magna Carta, 183, 206; its price, 182, 228-9.

Charter of Liberties of Henry I., 35, 58, 115-8, 219, 230, 239, 242-3, 336 n., 337, 385 n., 494, 544; the model of Magna Carta, 35, 39, 58, 113, 123; its tenor, 117-8, 242-3, 494; on marriage, 253, 261; on wardships, 242-3, 249, 250; text of, 565.

Charter of Henry II., 121-2; text of, 568.

Charter of Stephen, 77 n., 119, 120, 219, 385 n., 494 n.; text of, 567.

Charter of Liberties (the so-called “unknown charter”). (See Schedule of Grievances.)

Chase, 492.

Chatham, Lord, 133.

Chattels, 262-4, 271, 377, 385, 444 n.; of felons’, 371, 384 n., 395-9; of intestates, 166, 383-4, 385 n.

Church, (English), Henry II.’s struggle with, 15; relations to State, 20, 23, 27, 226, 379; relations to Rome, 20, 21, 27, 167 n., 227, 228 n., 474; freedom of, 22-23, 50, 117, 120, 138, 166, 217, 222-5, 564-5; national character of, 21, 224 n.; question of investitures, 21-2; canonical election (see Bishops); influence of church on Charter, 50, 145, 223, 382-4, 474; relations to Crown, 116, 220, 227, 474; relations to John, 61, 62, 139; relations to barons, 62; relations to lower classes, 61-2; its wealth, 178-9, 379. (See also Clergy.)

Clergy, 167 n., 349-51, 417, 474; Benefit of, 23, 121, 122, 138, 139, 224, 253 n., 515 n.

Cnut, 7, 17, 18, 484.

Coinage, private, 10.

Coke, Sir Edward (Chief Justice), 66, 70 n., 79 n., 133, 141, 156, 157, 183, 208, 211, 221, 236, 241 n., 246 n., 252 n., 256, 259, 329 n. 338 n., 345, 364 n., 370 n., 371 n., 396, 401, 406 n., 410 n., 442, 445, 447, 448, 463, 476, 530, 544; his unhistorical method, 208, 447.

Combat. (See Trial by combat.)

Comitatus, 238 n., 317 n. (See Shire, Shire Court, and also Earldom.)

Commissions of Justices, 329-331.

Committee of Executors. (See Executors.)

Common Law, 433 n.; growth of, 15.

Common Pleas, 109, 111, 308-17; Court of, 14, 109, 177, 311-5.

Commons (House of), 156 n., 191, 554.

Commune Concilium, 81, 82, 110, 124, 150, 166, 167, 173, 188, 190, 274-284, 291-301, 348, 450 n., 453, 557; functions of, 151-2, 174, 192, 298-300, 557; composition of, 293-8.

Commune, 138, 286-9, 553-4.

Commune of London. (See London.)

Compurgation, 103, 104, 432.

Confirmatio Cartarum, 85, 185, 281.

Constables, 269, 270, 358, 368-70, 387-8, 390-1, 456 n., 486 n., 502-5.

Constitutional development in England, 3, 60, 143-4, 173, 188, 192, 556.

Constitutions of Clarendon, 23, 225, 238 n., 248, 350 n., 474.

Contenement, 334, 339, 345-6, 347.

Conviction, 391-401, 415.

Coronation, 119, 218, 220; oath, 114, 115, 116, 122, 131.

Coroner, 20, 358, 362, 370-2, 415 n.

Copyhold, 65.

Cotton, Sir Robert, 195, 196-7.

Council of St. Alban’s (1213), 34, 123, 365, 503.

Council of Oxford (1213), 36.

Councils, Lateran. (See Lateran.)

County, 18, 366, 368, 372-5, 431. (See also Firma Comitatus.)

County Court, 13, 94, 99, 103, 177, 261, 319, 331-2; to appoint twelve Knights to reform abuses, 51, 511, 513; to appoint Knights for assizes, 327-8.

Courts, three rival systems of, 94-112.

Courts, Christian, 121, 379, 384-5.

Courts, local, 94, 99, 106. (See also County and Hundred.)

Courts, private, 60, 64, 95-7.

Courts, royal, 14, 93-112, 308-9, 319. (See Curia Regis, Chancery, Common Pleas, Exchequer, _King’s Bench_.)

Creasy, Sir Edward, 133-4, 212, 437 n., 446 n.

Creditors, 262-6, 271, 273-4, 316-7. (See also Jews.)

Criminal Law, 107-8, 334-7, 360, 361-3, 398-401, 420-7, 446, 453-5. (See also Pleas of the Crown.)

Crown: relation to feudatories, 10; title to, 9, 113, 217, 219. (See also Pleas of the Crown.)

Crusaders, 523-6, 535.

Curia Regis, 13, 14, 63, 71, 97, 106, 109, 115, 190, 191, 219, 220, 294, 309, 311, 451.

Customs, 445, 465, 468-9, 512, 543.

Cygony, Engelard de, 486 n., 503, 518-21.

Darrein presentment. (See Presentment.)

David I., King of Scots, 538.

Debtors, 262-6, 269, 271, 273-4, 316-7, 376-8.

Dialogus de Scaccario, 75, 136, 231 n., 232 n., 240, 263 n., 264 n., 295 n., 303 n., 338 n., 384 n., 480 n.

Dicey (Prof. A. V.), 148.

Disparagement, 250-2, 541.

Disseisin, 142, 323, 324, 444, 448, 526.

Disseisin (novel), 317, 323-4, 326.

Domesday Book, 12.

“Dominus” (meaning of), 218.

Dower, 255-6, 260, 273-4, 531.

Duellum. (See Trial by Combat.)

Dunstan, 17, 20, 114, 116.

Dymoke (Family of), 68.

Ealdormen, 10, 17, 18.

Earldoms, Anglo-Saxon, 9; Norman, 236-8.

Earls, 10, 18, 103, 152, 229, 232, 237, 293, 317 n., 346-9, 366, 474.

Earls Palatine, 9, 18, 78 n.

Edward Confessor, 7, 9, 18, 113; his laws confirmed, 33, 39, 118, 130, 131, 145, 503.

Edward I., 85, 176, 271, 298, 307-8, 315, 356, 365 n., 366 n., 411, 412-3, 471, 510, 523, 543, 556-7; his reforms, 186-193; his attitude to the Charter, 186, 189, 412-3; his attitude to the Church, 227; his Parliaments, 189-192; his Inspeximus of the Charter, 198, 205, 206, 232 n., 352 n.

Edward II., 472, 501, 510.

Edward III., 281, 357, 389, 472, 475, 510.

Election; meaning of word, 328; principle of, 25, 51, 176, 327-8; of knights to reform abuses, 51, 511; in relation to kingship, 219-220; of jurors, 327-8.

England, growth of a united, 4, 6; unification of, 7.

English church. (See Church.)

English law. (See Law.)

English monarchy. (See Monarchy.)

Escheat, 73-5, 179, 394-7, 478-81.

Estovers, 254, 258-9, 399, 496.

Exchequer, 11-12, 13, 14, 19, 63, 171, 172, 196, 262, 264, 311, 316 n.; Court of, 311-2, 316-7.

Executive, two types of, 5.

Executors of Charter, 51, 53, 513, 525, 532, 534, 543-561.

Eyres. (See Justices of Eyre.)

Falconry. (See Fowling.)

Fee-farm, 67, 70, 427-9.

Felony, 73, 74, 371, 384 n., 394-401.

Feudal aids. (See Aids.)

Feudal anarchy, 7, 10, 13, 16, 60, 148, 409.

Feudal grievances, 58-112, 145, 409.

Feudalism in England, 8, 9, 10, 64-5, 66, 70, 409.

Feudal incidents, 72-80, 308. (See also Reliefs, Escheats, Wardships, Marriages, _Primer Seisins_, and Fines for Alienations.)

Feudal jurisdictions. (See under Jurisdictions and under Courts.)

Feudal obligations, 64-93, 138-9, 166, 230, 308. (See also Services, Incidents, and Aids.)

Feudal services, 15, 64, 65, 71, 82-6, 234, 306-8.

Feudal tenures. (See Tenures.)

Fictions (legal), 81, 317 n., 412-3.

Fines, 90-1, 245, 261, 307, 337, 461, 493, 498, 530-3; differ from amercements, 337, 344-5.

Fines for alienations, 79-80.

Firma burgi, 284, 285, 376, 519.

Firma comitatus, 166, 372-6, 519.

Fishing, 357-8, 403-4.

Fitz Aylwin, Henry, 41.

Fitz Peter, Geoffrey, 36.

Fitz Walter, Robert, 30, 31, 41, 446, 507 n., 517, 551.

Flambard, Ralph, 10, 71, 234, 238, 239, 242, 249.

Foreigners, 140, 145, 290-1, 440, 465-73, 474.

Foreign service, 85-6, 154, 307-8.

Forest Charters, 53, 171, 175, 181, 184, 185, 337 n., 356, 485, 487, 495, 496, 497 n., 499, 501.

Forest Courts, 482, 489-92, 497-8.

Foresters, 34, 485-9, 497, 499-501, 502 n., 503, 508-9.

Forests, 166, 368, 482-502, 507-14, 526; protests by prelates anent, 52; boundaries of, 184, 185, 507-11.

Fowling, King’s rights of, 353-8, 507-8.

Frankalmoin, 67, 70, 307, 350.

Freedom, problem of, 4-5.

Freehold, 65-71, 445.

Freeman, Prof., 71, 86, 87, 114, 115 n., 219, 234.

Freeman, defined, 135-7, 228-9, 338 n., 352 n., 448; rights of, 334, 338-40, 392, 405, 436, 440.

Free socage. (See Socage.)

Fyrd, 15, 352.

Glanvill, 74, 80, 230 n., 233 n., 344 n., 345, 383, 395-6, 406, 408 n., 428 n., 429 n., 441 n., 504, 528, 529.

Gneist, Dr. Rudolf, 129-130, 134, 145 n., 212, 442 n., 450, 557-8.

Godwin, 18.

Government. (See Local government.)

Grand Assize. (See Assize.)

Grand Jury. (See Jury.)

Great Charter. (See Charter.)

Great Serjeanties. (See Serjeanties.)

Green, John Richard, 26, 134.

Grey, John de, 28.

Gross, Dr. Charles, 362 n.

Gualo (papal legate), 56, 57, 164, 170, 171.

Guardian, 259. (See also Wardship)

Guilds, 466, 470, 473.

Habeas corpus. (See Writ of.)

Hall, Hubert, 85 n., 173 n., 203-4, 464-5 n.

Hallam, Henry, 78, 134, 135, 243, 328, 364, 389, 437 n., 458, 460, 532.

Hardell (William), Mayor of London, 289 n., 551.

Harold, King, 9.

Hawking. (See Fowling.)

Henry I., 7, 11-12, 19, 21, 116, 117, 219, 230, 242, 243, 494; his achievements, 10-12; relations to church, 21, 22, 224, 226, 239; scutage under, 87; charter to Jews, 269; charter to London, 285-6; Charter of liberties. (See Charter.)

Henry II., 7, 13-16, 249, 294, 295, 313, 384 n., 478, 494, 497, 538; achievements of, 13-15, 59, 158; institutes new system of procedure, 14, 107-112, 319, 325, 361, 407; his policy, 106-7, 366-7, 466; invents writ process, 108, 406-9; opposes the hereditary principle, 19; discourages trial by combat, 108, 161, 162, 320-2, 419-20; attacks the private jurisdictions, 106, 322 n., 406-9, 432, 455; relations to church, 22-3, 122, 224, 225, 249; takes aids, 81; his levy of scutage, 81, 86, 87, 88, 172; lays foundations of trial by jury, 158-163; Charter to London, 286; opens royal courts to all freeholders, 14, 93-4, 97-8, 106, 411, 460. (See also Charter.)

Henry III., 147, 164, 168, 271, 305, 314, 358, 384 n., 452, 461, 471, 474, 507, 509-10, 556; his advisers accept the Charter, 57, 187; takes aids, 81; takes scutages, 174-5, 304; his attitude to Magna Carta, 164, 181, 183, 184, 185, 186-7, 471, 507, 509; his alliance with Rome, 167 n., 227, 228, 384 n.; declared of age, 180, 183. (See also under Charter.)

Honorius III., 180, 181.

Honours, 10, 71, 232, 235-6; Courts of, 10.

Hostages, 30, 514-8, 536, 541, 560.

Hoveden, Roger of, 9, 415, 416.

House of Commons. (See Commons.)

House of Lords. (See Lords.)

Hubert de Burgh, 44, 51, 57, 170, 180, 182 n., 183, 290, 542 n., 559.

Hubert, Walter (Archbishop), 25, 27, 132, 361, 380 n., 404, 411 n.

Hundred, 94, 96, 372-4, 431; court of, 13, 94, 99, 159.

Imprisonment (arbitrary), 156, 457-9.

Incidents. (See Feudal incidents.)

Indictment, 108, 160, 364, 398-9, 431, 436.

Innocent III., 28, 31, 40, 42, 53, 54, 55, 56, 57, 61, 62, 85, 182, 222, 516, 541, 561.

Innocent IV., 227.

Inquest of Service (1212), 29, 89-90, 91-2, 172.

Inquest of Sheriffs. (See Sheriffs.)

Inquisitio, principle of. (See Recognitio.)

Interest, 265-6, 310. (See also Jews and Usury.)

Interregnum, 116.

Investitures (struggle of), 21-2.

James I., 72 n., 387, 394, 475.

Jarls (Danish), 18.

Jews, 166, 171, 175, 256, 262-74, 305, 310, 384 n., 435, 439-40.

Joan (John’s natural daughter), 29, 30.

John; his title to Crown, 217-220; his excessive exactions, 26-7; his levies of scutage, 86-93; his charters to English Church, 39, 41, 63, 77, 139, 226, 227, 249; to London, 41, 288-9, 404, 470; to Jews, 269; meets barons at Runnymede, 43, 46; takes Crusader’s vow, 40; his relations with national Church, 39, 44, 61, 62, 249; with Rome, 28-9, 36, 61, 62, 63, 91; his surrender to Innocent, 31-2, 36; asks Innocent to annul charter, 53, 182; his treatment of Welsh hostages, 30, 514-8; his death, 57. (See also Charter.)

Judges (King’s), 108, 109, 225, 358, 416, 502-5.

Judgment (in medieval law), 101, 103-5.

Judgment of peers. (See Peers).

Jurisdiction, royal, 14, 93-112, 169 n., 309. (See also Courts.)

Jurisdictions, private, 10, 14-15, 93-112, 169 n., 406-9. (See also Courts.)

Jury, trial by, 25, 456-7; relation to recognitio, 106, 159; relation to writ de odio, 108, 161, 420-1; relation to Magna Carta, 158-163, 419-21.

Jury (of accusation or presenting jury), 158, 159-160, 431.

Jury (civil), 158, 161-3.

Jury (grand), 158, 160.

Jury (petty), 158, 161, 420-1, 457.

Justice, three systems of, 93-9, 313, 328, 360 n. (See also Courts and Jurisdictions.)

Justices (King’s). (See Judges.)

Justices of the Peace, 20, 331, 367.

Justices, itinerant (or of Eyre), 12, 13, 19, 20, 318-9, 329, 361.

Justices of Assize, 176, 177, 318, 319-20, 329-331, 332; commissions of, 329-331.

Kiersey, capitulary of, 73.

King’s Bench, 14, 109, 311-2, 313, 314-5, 348.

Knight’s fee, 83, 92, 233, 277 n., 306.

Knight’s service, 66, 67, 68, 70, 71, 233, 427-8.

Kydells. (See Weirs.)

Lanfranc, 21, 116.

Lateran Council (1099), 21.

Lateran Council (1215), 55, 161, 399, 432.

Law (English), development of, 14.

Law (lex), technical meaning of, 102, 161, 430, 440-1. (See also Trial.)

Leasehold, 65-6.

Legal fictions. (See Fictions.)

Legal procedure. (See Procedure.)

Leofric, 18.

Letters testimonial, 50; text of, 563 n.

Littleton, 66, 68, 69, 70 n., 233 n., 252, 428.

Llywelyn, 29, 536.

Local Government (problem of), 16-20.

London, 42, 56, 57, 119, 140, 270, 274-5, 284-91, 340, 404-5, 467, 470-3; City and Tower granted by John in security, 51, 560; taxation of, 274-5, 277-81; John’s charters to, 41, 288-9, 404, 470.

Longchamp, 63.

Lords (House of), 237, 455-6.

Louis (son of King Philip of France), 56, 165, 170.

Macy, Prof. Jesse, 127 n.

Magna Carta. (See Charter.)

Maitland, Prof. F. W., 95 n., 98 n., 128 n, 144 n., 153 n., 207, 362 n., 456.

Manors, 10, 71, 141, 342, 352 n., 393; on royal demesne, 372, 376.

Manorial courts, 10, 93, 96, 106. (See also Courts and Jurisdictions.)

Marriage, feudal incident of, 66, 68, 69, 77-8, 250-3, 260-1.

Maritagium, 254-7, 531.

Marshal (William, earl Marshal), 39, 44, 215, 216, 507, 559; a mediator between King and barons, 39, 40, 43, 559; acts as Regent, 164, 165, 170, 171, 180, 184, 201, 299.

Matilda (daughter of Henry I.), 12-13, 118, 162.

Mayor of London, 288, 289, 290, 551.

Medley (Prof. D. J.), 295 n., 296, 327 n., 564 n.

Mercenaries, 15, 30, 39, 165, 166, 261, 391, 522-3.

Merchants, 61, 63, 140, 145, 334, 340-1, 402, 415, 416, 440, 463-73, 474.

Ministerial responsibility, 25, 150, 188, 192, 298, 505.

Minorities (Rights of), 299-300.

Mirror of Justices, 207, 357 n., 431 n., 434.

Monarchy, two types of, 5.

Monarchy (English), 60, 409; growth of, 4, 6, 12, 13, 15, 18, 20; strength of, 7, 12, 15, 16, 24, 59; weakness of, under Anglo-Saxons, 16, 20; functions of, 94, 97.

Monopolies, 140, 156, 445-6, 469, 470-5.

Montfort (Simon de), 188, 189.

Moore, Stuart A. and H. S., 358, 403 n.

Mort d’ancestor, 317, 324, 333 n., 426.

Municipalities. (See Boroughs.)

Nationality (conception of), 149, 156.

National unity in England, growth of, 6, 149; forces opposed to, 7.

Neilson, George, 321 n., 527 n., 528 n.

Nicholas (Papal legate), 36, 227, 365.

Norgate, Miss Kate, 36, 49 n., 50 n., 58 n., 90 n., 92 n., 212, 288, 374 n., 559.

Norman Conquest, 5, 9, 20, 71, 105, 115, 158, 321, 366, 484.

Norman period and rule, characteristics of 5, 7.

Novel disseisin. (See Disseisin.)

Oligarchic elements in England, 5.

Ordeal, 74, 102, 103, 104, 161, 399, 415, 430-3, 528-9.

Original writs. (See Writs.)

Outlaws, 74, 446, 473-4.

Parliament, 150, 173, 185-6, 188, 190, 294, 557; rights of, 81; functions of, 174, 190-1, 298; composition of, 190.

Parliamentary taxation. (See Taxation.)

Parliamentary Representation. (See Representation.)

Palatine earldoms. (See Earls.)

Pandulf (Papal legate), 31, 54, 561.

Papal Bull, annulling Charter, 55.

Papal Curia, 28.

Papal interference in England, 21, 28, 32, 54, 56, 182, 227.

Papal legates. (See Gualo, Nicholas, Pandulf.)

Paris, Matthew, 32, 53, 58, 181, 293 n., 300-1, 453, 543 n., 550, 559, 561 n.

Parks, 247, 492.

Peasantry. (See Villeins.)

Peers, 103, 152, 216 n., 346-9.

Peers (Judgment of), 158 n., 346, 436, 438-40, 449-50 n. , 452-6, 523.

Peter des Roches (Bishop of Winchester), 36-7, 51, 54, 58, 180, 183, 215, 300, 452, 503.

Peter of Wakefield, 30.

Petition of Barons (1258), 232 n., 252, 333 n., 430, 481, 507.

Petty Assize. (See Assize.)

Petty Jury. (See Jury.)

Petty Serjeanty. (See Serjeanty.)

Philip (King of France), 31, 33, 37, 56, 470.

Pike, L. O., 152 n., 295 n., 313, 347, 348 n., 442 n., 444 n., 449-50 n., 456, 457 n.

Pipe Rolls, 11.

Pleas. (See Common pleas.)

Pleas of the Crown, 107, 109, 111, 112, 310, 314-5, 359-363, 370-1, 398; in Scots law, 360.

Pleas of the forest, 368.

Pollock, Sir Frederic, 310.

Pope, 61, 79 n., 164, 167 n., 227. (See Papal, also Honorius and Innocent.)

Presentment (darrein), 176-7, 225, 317, 325, 326, 333.

Primer seisin, 78-9, 248, 254.

Privy Council, 191.

Procedure (legal), 14, 99-112; Henry II.’s reforms, 14, 106-112.

Proof (in medieval law), 102-3; (See also Trial.)

Protests by the prelates in John’s favour, 52, 560-1; text of, 579.

Prothero, G. W., 85 n., 117 n., 125 n., 131-2, 139-140, 149 n., 154 n., 175 n., 203, 212 n., 228 n., 448.

Provisions of Oxford (1258), 187, 504.

Purprestures, 495.

Purveyance, 142, 369, 386-90, 392-4.

Quarantine (Widow’s), 258.

Queen’s gold, 232.

Ramsay, Sir James, 92 n., 212, 225 n., 243 n., 375 n., 394 n.

Recognitio (principle of), 34, 105-6, 159, 160, 162, 323, 325, 512.

Reeves, John, 209-210, 257, 340 n., 447 n., 450.

Regarders, 484, 490, 491.

Regency, 164, 169.

Relief (feudal incident of), 68, 69, 73, 117, 179, 239-241, 249, 276 n.; not due from bishop-elect, 117, 238-9; not due after wardship, 239; definition of sums due, 230-3.

Representation, principle of, 25, 34, 36, 160, 190, 192, 297-8; parliamentary, 292, 297-8.

Responsibility. (See Ministerial.)

Restoration (The), 66, 67, 248, 387, 502.

Richard I., 24-6, 63, 81, 89, 148, 231, 286, 539; lessons of his reign, 25-6.

Richard II., 473.

Roches (Peter des). (See Peter.)

Roger, bishop of Salisbury, 11, 119.

Roger of Hoveden. (See Hoveden.)

Roger of Wendover. (See Wendover.)

Rolls. (See Pipe Rolls.)

Rome. (See Pope and Papal.)

Round, John Horace, 71, 85 n., 87, 88, 92, 95 n., 119, 121 n., 202-3, 225 n., 234, 285-7, 324 n.

Royal justice. (See Courts and Jurisdiction.)

Royal writs. (See Writs.)

Runnymede, 43-5, 53, 64.

Salisbury, Roger, bishop of. (See Roger.)

Salisbury Plain, oath of homage sworn on, 10.

Schedule of grievances (27 April, 1215), 40, 44-5, 84 n., 202-5, 245, 246, 258 n., 307 n.; text of, 569.

Scotland, 30; relations to England, 537-43; land tenures in, 67, 69 n., 70, 72 n., 80; kings of (see Alexander, David, and William); Princesses Margaret and Isabel of, 537, 539-42.

Scutage, 15, 29, 37, 64, 84 n., 86-93, 172-3, 274-6, 294, 302, 304, 308; grand serjeanties not liable for, 68; in charter of 1215, 274-6, 292; in charter of 1217, 172-3; by sub-tenants, 302.

Scutum. (See Knight’s fee.)

Seal (king’s great), 169, 180, 181, 184.

Seebohm, Frederic, 95 n., 341.

Seisin, 323. (See also Primer Seisin and Disseisin.)

Serjeanty (grand), 67-8, 70, 78 n., 233, 307.

Serjeanty (petty), 68-9, 70, 78 n., 233, 307, 427, 429.

Service. (See under Feudal service, Foreign service, and Knight’s service.)

Sheriff, 10, 11, 12, 13, 18-19, 34, 42, 47, 50, 51, 177, 244, 364, 366-8, 372, 376, 392, 398, 399, 431, 502-5, 511, 513; chief magistrate of county, 18, 366; his powers, 364, 366-7, 376, 399; his gradual decline, 20, 367; his tyrannies, 20, 359, 366 n., 373-5, 377; his “tourn,” 97, 177, 360, 364; his “aid,” 261; not to hold pleas of Crown, 358-72; in Scotland and in America, 367-8.

Sheriffs (inquest of), 19.

Shire. (See County.)

Socage, 66-7, 69, 70, 76, 81, 233, 307, 427-9.

Statutes. (See separate Index to Statutes.)

Stephen (King), 12-13, 19, 118-9, 162, 219, 243; relations to Church, 22, 77 n., 119, 224; his title, 119-120, 219. (See also Charters of.)

Stephen Langton, 28, 31, 32, 33, 34, 35, 38, 43, 52, 62, 122, 139, 145, 181, 223, 226, 227, 249, 451, 506, 532,542 n., 551; a mediator between king and barons, 39, 40, 50, 52, 54, 513, 524-5, 531, 542 n., 560, 562; influence on substance of Great Charter, 50, 506.

Stubbs, Bishop, 43, 54, 86, 87, 117, 118, 125, 134, 140 n., 143 n., 149, 165 n., 169 n., 170 n., 179 n., 182 n., 184 n., 206, 211, 220 n., 247 n., 257 n., 259, 284-5, 296, 299 n., 351 n., 365 n., 391 n., 430 n., 453 n., 483, 491, 493, 503, 532, 544, 559.

Succession, intestate, 166, 175, 382-5; testate, 376-82.

Suit and service, 72, 82-6.

Suit, at county and hundred courts, 94, 177, 261, 332; at forest courts, 482, 497-8; at lord’s court, 72, 82.

Suit (or forewitnesses), 101-2, 433-4.

Swanimotes, 491.

Synod of Whitby, 7.

Tallage, 140, 142, 270, 272, 277-81, 376.

Taxation, 20, 26-7, 152, 165, 166, 185, 196, 274-284; heavy under Richard, 24-5, 148, 288; common Council’s rights over, 152, 174, 185, 274-284, 298; parliamentary, 281, 281-4.

Taylor, Dr. Hannis, 130, 140, 159 n., 212, 296.

Tenant, 65.

Tenement, 65, 345.

Tenure by barony, 66.

Tenure by castle-ward, 70 n.

Tenure in chivalry. (See Knight’s service.)

Tenures, 95-71. (See also Burgage, Fee-farm, Frankalmoin, Knight’s service, Serjeanty, Socage, Villeinage, also under Freehold.)

Thayer, Prof. J. B., 159 n., 430 n., 433 n., 441 n.

Thomson, Richard, 210, 211.

Tourn. (See Sheriff’s tourn.)

Traders. (See Merchants.)

Treason, 74, 395-7.

Trial (in medieval law), 101, 102-5, 161, 399, 417, 430.

Trial by combat, 103, 105, 108, 109, 161, 162, 320-1, 323, 325, 406, 417-420, 425-7, 433, 527-30.

Trial by jury. (See Jury.)

Turner, G. J., 184 n., 484 n., 509 n.

“Unknown Charter of Liberties.” (See Schedule of Grievances.)

Usury, 262, 265-6, 270, 272, 384 n. (See also Jews.)

Verderers, 368, 487.

Vesci, Richard de, 30, 31, 40, 446, 517, 551.

Vicecomes. (See Sheriff.)

Villeinage, 66, 342, 449.

Villeins, 93, 94-5, 106, 136, 141-3, 143 n., 145, 245, 252, 278, 334, 338 n., 341-4, 393, 410 n., 448, 449 n.; legal status of, 341-3.

Vinogradoff, Prof. Paul, 344 n.

Wales, 29, 30, 533-7.

Wapentake, 94, 160, 372-4.

War, right of private, 10.

Warden, 485-6. (See Constable, also Guardian.)

Wardship, ordinary, 67, 68, 69, 75-7, 78, 117, 142, 179, 239-250, 259, 265, 427-8, 461 n., 526; over vacant sees, 117, 224, 225, 239, 505-7; prerogative, 428-30, 526.

Warrens, 247 n., 492-3, 511.

Waste of ward’s lands, 244-6, 250; of felon’s lands, 394-7; in forests, 495, 496-7.

Watling Street, 7.

Weirs, 357, 402-5.

Welshmen, 30, 440, 533-7.

Wendover (Roger of), 30, 35, 38, 43, 53, 123, 204, 205, 355 n., 550 n., 561 n.

Wer, 335, 336, 340.

Wessex, supremacy of, 7, 17; royal House of, 16, 113.

Westminster, 12, 111, 177, 310, 314, 316, 326, 333.

Whitby, Synod of, 7.

Widow’s rights, 243, 253-261, 273-4, 380, 384, 527.

Wills, 376-82.

William I., 7, 8-10, 12, 16, 21, 71, 83, 106, 115, 116, 191, 234, 507, 514; difficulties and policy of, 8-10, 65; local government under, 16, 18-19; relations to Rome, 21-2; his innovations, 105-6; his title to English Crown, 9, 115.

William II., 10-11, 21, 71, 116, 239, 242, 249; his relations to the church, 21, 238-9, 249.

William the Lion, King of Scots, 252, 538-41.

Witenagemot, 9, 18, 114, 219, 294.

Wites, 335, 336, 337 n.

Witnesses, 102.

Writ de odio et atia, 108, 161, 417-25.

Writ praecipe, 108-9, 405-13.

Writ of habeas corpus, 156, 421-2.

Writ ne exeat regno, 476-7.

Writs (royal), 14, 406, 417, 460.

Writ process, 14, 108, 406-9.

1905

UNIVERSITY PRESS

ROBERT MACLEHOSE MA JAMES J MACLEHOSE MA

GLASGOW

------------------------------------------------------------------------

Transcriber’s Note

The entry for ‘3 Edward I. c. 41’ refers to ‘520 n.’ which appears in ‘527 n.’

The entry for ‘5 Henry IV. c. 14’ in the index of Statutes refers to ‘425 n.’ That note refers to ‘1 Henry IV. c. 14’, which is most likely correct. One summary of that Statute says that it “abolished appeals of treason in parliament, and sent the accuser to established courts of law.” (Lolme, The Constitution of England, 1839, p. 137.)

Coincidentally, a reference in the index entry for ‘Constables’ refers to ‘456 n.’ No note on that page mentions that topic. However, the ‘Court of the Constable and Marshal’ is mentioned in the same ‘425 n.’, which is not indexed to that topic. We suggest that the reference to 425 n. was intended.

Lapses in the punctuation of index and footnote entries have been regularized with no further mention.

Other errors deemed most likely to be the printer’s have been corrected, and are noted here. The references are to the page and line in the original. Those with a third number refer to the line within a footnote beginning on that page.

65.37 copyhold and leasehold[.] Restored. 83.118.4 go with the King an[d] serve him Restored. 149.23 whether conscious or uncon[s]cious Inserted. 219.328.1 a prisoner in Corfe Castle[.[ Added. 307.31 to those of Charles II[.] Added. 323.37 twelve local gentlem[e/a]n Replaced. 367.20 for each county by p[r]icking at random Removed. 386.3 he can have postpon[e]ment Inserted. 422.762.1 En[t]stehung der S[ch]wurgerichte Inserted. 425.14 I[n/t] was unfair that he should be Replaced. 435.793.1 En[t]stehung der Schwurgerichte Inserted. 440.809.1 See Placitorum Abbrev[i]atio Inserted. 483.33 these high[ ]places of royal prerogative Inserted. 488.914.3 to speak of "agisting a wood,[”] Added. 490.35 exercised functions anal[a/o]gous to those Replaced. 537.11 to be otherwise acc[c]ording Removed. 540.1052.4 virtually her fellow-[p]risoners Restored. 547.41 the said five-and[-]twenty barons Restored. 577.37 manu nostra saisita[ saisita] fuerint Removed. 588.33 sumagio aliquod chim[u/i]nagium capiatur Replaced. 588.38 detur chiminagium for[i/e]stariis nostris Replaced. 601.18 influence o[n/f] church on Charter Replaced.

The end

You’ve reached the end of Magna Carta: A Commentary on the Great Charter of King John With an Historical Introduction.

Read and listen together

Cover of FrankensteinFrankensteinMary ShelleyRead along